TWI576676B - Nozzle receiver, powder container, and image forming apparatus - Google Patents

Nozzle receiver, powder container, and image forming apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI576676B
TWI576676B TW104108508A TW104108508A TWI576676B TW I576676 B TWI576676 B TW I576676B TW 104108508 A TW104108508 A TW 104108508A TW 104108508 A TW104108508 A TW 104108508A TW I576676 B TWI576676 B TW I576676B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
container
opening
toner
powder
cover hook
Prior art date
Application number
TW104108508A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW201541202A (en
Inventor
山部順司
矢野啟一
鈴木道治
木村秀樹
善波英樹
安達貴広
寺澤誠司
Original Assignee
理光股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2014053806A external-priority patent/JP6364841B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2014144148A external-priority patent/JP6375742B2/en
Application filed by 理光股份有限公司 filed Critical 理光股份有限公司
Publication of TW201541202A publication Critical patent/TW201541202A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI576676B publication Critical patent/TWI576676B/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03GELECTROGRAPHY; ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHY; MAGNETOGRAPHY
    • G03G15/00Apparatus for electrographic processes using a charge pattern
    • G03G15/06Apparatus for electrographic processes using a charge pattern for developing
    • G03G15/08Apparatus for electrographic processes using a charge pattern for developing using a solid developer, e.g. powder developer
    • G03G15/0822Arrangements for preparing, mixing, supplying or dispensing developer
    • G03G15/0877Arrangements for metering and dispensing developer from a developer cartridge into the development unit
    • G03G15/0881Sealing of developer cartridges
    • G03G15/0886Sealing of developer cartridges by mechanical means, e.g. shutter, plug
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03GELECTROGRAPHY; ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHY; MAGNETOGRAPHY
    • G03G15/00Apparatus for electrographic processes using a charge pattern
    • G03G15/06Apparatus for electrographic processes using a charge pattern for developing
    • G03G15/08Apparatus for electrographic processes using a charge pattern for developing using a solid developer, e.g. powder developer
    • G03G15/0822Arrangements for preparing, mixing, supplying or dispensing developer
    • G03G15/0877Arrangements for metering and dispensing developer from a developer cartridge into the development unit
    • G03G15/0881Sealing of developer cartridges

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Dry Development In Electrophotography (AREA)
  • Electrophotography Configuration And Component (AREA)

Description

噴嘴接收器、粉末容器、及影像形成裝置 Nozzle receiver, powder container, and image forming apparatus

本發明涉及一種用於儲存顯影劑的粉末容器,該顯影劑是使用在影像形成裝置如印表機、傳真機、影印機、或者具有印表機、傳真機、以及影印機的多重功能的多功能週邊設備中的粉末、一種附接至該粉末容器的噴嘴插入部件、以及一種包括該粉末容器的影像形成裝置。 The present invention relates to a powder container for storing a developer which is used in an image forming apparatus such as a printer, a facsimile machine, a photocopier, or a multifunction having a printer, a facsimile machine, and a photocopier A powder in the functional peripheral device, a nozzle insertion member attached to the powder container, and an image forming device including the powder container.

在電子照相影像形成裝置中,粉末填充裝置提供(填充)碳粉至顯影裝置,其中該碳粉是來自用作為粉末容器的碳粉容器的顯影劑,該粉末容器包含粉末的顯影器。在日本專利申請特開第2012-133349號以及日本專利申請特開第2009-276659號中所描述的碳粉容器包括:一可旋轉的柱狀粉末儲存器;一噴嘴接收器,附接至該粉末儲存器;一開口,位於該噴嘴接收器上;以及一開啟/閉合部件,隨著插入粉末填充裝置的輸送噴嘴移動至閉合位置和開啟位置,其中,在閉合位置處,該開口是閉合的,在開啟位置處,該開口是開啟的。當該開啟/閉合部件隨著碳粉容器附接至粉末填充裝置藉由插入碳粉容器中的輸送噴嘴移動至開啟位置時,該開啟/閉合部件移動位於開口附近的碳粉。 In the electrophotographic image forming apparatus, a powder filling device supplies (fills) toner to a developing device, wherein the carbon powder is a developer from a toner container used as a powder container, and the powder container contains a developer of powder. The toner container described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-133349 and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-276659 includes: a rotatable columnar powder reservoir; a nozzle receiver attached thereto a powder reservoir; an opening on the nozzle receiver; and an opening/closing member that moves to a closed position and an open position as the delivery nozzle inserted into the powder filling device, wherein the opening is closed at the closed position In the open position, the opening is open. The opening/closing member moves the toner located near the opening when the opening/closing member is moved to the open position with the toner nozzle being attached to the powder filling device by the delivery nozzle inserted into the toner container.

在上述構造中,如果沒有隨著開啟/閉合部件的移動而移動的碳粉的溢出,該碳粉被壓縮和凝聚,並且防止例如當碳粉容器與粉末容器分離時該開啟/閉合部件移動至閉合位置。 In the above configuration, if there is no overflow of the toner moving with the movement of the opening/closing member, the toner is compressed and agglomerated, and the opening/closing member is prevented from moving to, for example, when the toner container is separated from the powder container. Closed position.

本發明的目的是解決上述問題。 The object of the present invention is to solve the above problems.

根據一實施例,一噴嘴接收器位於使用在一影像形成裝 置中的一粉末容器中。該噴嘴接收器包括:一噴嘴接收開口,在該影像形成裝置中用於輸送自該粉末容器供應的粉末的一輸送噴嘴插入該噴嘴接收開口中;一開啟/閉合部件,用以開啟和關閉該噴嘴接收開口;以及一支撐器,用以支撐該開啟/閉合部件。該開啟/閉合部件包括:一密封部,用以密封噴嘴插入開口。該支撐器包括:一端面部,垂直於該開啟/閉合部件的移動方向。在該開啟/閉合部件的移動方向中該端面部的投影區域小於在該開啟/閉合部件的移動方向中該密封部的投影區域。 According to an embodiment, a nozzle receiver is located in an image forming apparatus Placed in a powder container. The nozzle receiver includes: a nozzle receiving opening in which a conveying nozzle for conveying powder supplied from the powder container is inserted into the nozzle receiving opening; and an opening/closing member for opening and closing the nozzle a nozzle receiving opening; and a support for supporting the opening/closing member. The opening/closing member includes a seal portion for sealing the nozzle insertion opening. The holder includes an end face that is perpendicular to a moving direction of the opening/closing member. The projection area of the end face in the moving direction of the opening/closing member is smaller than the projection area of the seal portion in the moving direction of the opening/closing member.

26‧‧‧供紙托盤 26‧‧‧Paper tray

27‧‧‧供給輥 27‧‧‧Supply roller

28‧‧‧定位輥對 28‧‧‧positioning roller pair

29‧‧‧排出輥對 29‧‧‧Discharge roller pair

32(Y、M、C、K)‧‧‧碳粉容器(粉末容器) 32 (Y, M, C, K) ‧‧‧ toner container (powder container)

33‧‧‧容器主體(粉末儲存器) 33‧‧‧Container body (powder storage)

33a‧‧‧開口(容器開口) 33a‧‧‧ Opening (container opening)

33b‧‧‧容器開口的外表面 33b‧‧‧The outer surface of the container opening

33c‧‧‧容器開口的前端 33c‧‧‧ front end of the container opening

33(Y、M、C、K)‧‧‧容器主體 33 (Y, M, C, K) ‧ ‧ container body

34(Y、M、C、K)‧‧‧容器前端蓋 34 (Y, M, C, K) ‧ ‧ container front end cover

34a‧‧‧齒輪暴露開口 34a‧‧‧ Gear exposure opening

34b‧‧‧容器蓋的外表面 34b‧‧‧ outer surface of the container lid

34c‧‧‧前表面 34c‧‧‧ front surface

34d‧‧‧孔(貫通孔) 34d‧‧‧ holes (through holes)

34e‧‧‧虛線圓圈 34e‧‧‧dotted circle

41(Y、M、C、K)‧‧‧光導體(影像載體) 41 (Y, M, C, K) ‧ ‧ light conductor (image carrier)

42(Y、M、C、K)‧‧‧清潔裝置(光導體清潔裝置) 42 (Y, M, C, K) ‧‧‧ cleaning device (photoconductor cleaning device)

42a‧‧‧清潔刮板 42a‧‧‧cleaning scraper

44(Y、M、C、K)‧‧‧充電輥(充電裝置) 44 (Y, M, C, K) ‧ ‧ charging roller (charging device)

46(Y、M、C、K)‧‧‧影像形成部(影像形成單元) 46 (Y, M, C, K) ‧ ‧ image forming unit (image forming unit)

47‧‧‧曝光裝置 47‧‧‧Exposure device

48‧‧‧中間轉印帶 48‧‧‧Intermediate transfer belt

49(Y、M、C、K)‧‧‧主轉印偏壓輥 49 (Y, M, C, K) ‧‧‧ primary transfer bias roller

50Y‧‧‧顯影裝置 50Y‧‧‧Developing device

51(Y、M、C、K)‧‧‧顯影輥(顯影劑載體) 51 (Y, M, C, K) ‧‧‧developing roller (developer carrier)

52(Y、M、C、K)‧‧‧刮刀(顯影劑調節板) 52 (Y, M, C, K) ‧ ‧ scraper (developer adjustment plate)

53(Y、M、C、K)‧‧‧第一顯影劑收納部 53 (Y, M, C, K) ‧ ‧ first developer storage unit

54(Y、M、C、K)‧‧‧第二顯影劑收納部 54 (Y, M, C, K) ‧‧‧Second developer storage unit

55(Y、M、C、K)‧‧‧顯影劑輸送螺桿 55 (Y, M, C, K) ‧ ‧ developer conveying screw

56(Y、M、C、K)‧‧‧碳粉濃度感測器 56 (Y, M, C, K) ‧‧‧ toner concentration sensor

60(Y、M、C、K)‧‧‧碳粉填充裝置(粉末填充裝置) 60 (Y, M, C, K) ‧‧‧Carbon filling device (powder filling device)

64(Y、M、C、K)‧‧‧碳粉落下通道 64 (Y, M, C, K) ‧‧‧carbon powder drop channel

70‧‧‧碳粉容器收納器(容器收納部) 70‧‧‧Toner container storage unit (container storage unit)

71b‧‧‧插入孔底部 71b‧‧‧ inserted into the bottom of the hole

71‧‧‧插入孔部 71‧‧‧Insert hole

72‧‧‧容器接收部 72‧‧‧ Container Receiving Department

73‧‧‧容器蓋接收部 73‧‧‧ Container Cover Receiving Department

74‧‧‧溝槽 74‧‧‧ trench

74a、74b‧‧‧溝槽的側面 74a, 74b‧‧‧ side of the groove

75‧‧‧導軌 75‧‧‧rails

78‧‧‧填充裝置接合部件 78‧‧‧Filling device joint parts

82‧‧‧副轉印備用支撐輥 82‧‧‧Sub-transfer backup support roller

85‧‧‧中間轉印裝置 85‧‧‧Intermediate transfer device

86‧‧‧定影裝置 86‧‧‧Fixing device

89‧‧‧副轉印輥 89‧‧‧Sub-transfer roller

91、91Y‧‧‧驅動部件 91, 91Y‧‧‧ drive parts

100‧‧‧印表機(影印機主體、影像形成裝置主體) 100‧‧‧Printer (photocopying machine main body, image forming apparatus main body)

200‧‧‧供紙器(供紙台) 200‧‧‧paper feeder (paper feeder)

301、301Y‧‧‧容器齒輪(容器側齒輪) 301, 301Y‧‧‧ container gear (container side gear)

302、302Y‧‧‧螺旋肋(旋轉輸送器) 302, 302Y‧‧‧ spiral ribs (rotary conveyor)

303(Y、M、C、K)‧‧‧夾具 303 (Y, M, C, K) ‧ ‧ fixture

304‧‧‧鏟部 304‧‧‧ shovel

304a‧‧‧鏟部的螺旋肋 304a‧‧‧Spiral ribs of the shovel

304f‧‧‧鏟壁面 304f‧‧‧Shovel wall

305‧‧‧前端開口 305‧‧‧ front opening

306‧‧‧蓋鉤塞(限流器) 306‧‧‧ Cover hook (flow restrictor)

306a‧‧‧附接方向的端面 306a‧‧‧End face in the attachment direction

306b‧‧‧分離方向的端面 306b‧‧‧End face in the direction of separation

330、330’‧‧‧噴嘴接收器(噴嘴插入部件) 330, 330'‧‧‧Nozzle Receiver (Nozzle Insertion Parts)

331‧‧‧接收開口(噴嘴插入開口) 331‧‧‧ receiving opening (nozzle insertion opening)

332‧‧‧容器擋門(開啟/閉合部件) 332‧‧‧Container door (open/closed part)

332a‧‧‧擋門鉤 332a‧‧‧Door hook

332c‧‧‧前部柱狀部(閉合) 332c‧‧‧ front column (closed)

332d‧‧‧滑動區域(滑動部、密封部) 332d‧‧‧Sliding area (sliding part, sealing part)

332da‧‧‧滑動區域的後端面(滑動部的後端面、密封部的邊緣) 332da‧‧‧ rear end face of the sliding area (rear end face of the sliding part, edge of the sealing part)

332e‧‧‧導引桿(加長部) 332e‧‧‧ Guide rod (extension)

332g‧‧‧導引桿滑動部 332g‧‧‧guide rod sliding part

332h‧‧‧前部柱狀部的端面(容器擋門的端面) 332h‧‧‧End face of the front column (end face of the container door)

333‧‧‧容器密封物(密封物) 333‧‧‧Container seal (sealing)

333a‧‧‧噴嘴插入開口的內表面 333a‧‧‧ nozzle insertion into the inner surface of the opening

334、334’‧‧‧容器擋門支撐器(支撐器) 334, 334' ‧ ‧ container door support (support)

335、335’‧‧‧擋門後端支撐部(擋門後部) 335, 335' ‧ ‧ door rear end support (rear door)

335a‧‧‧擋門側支撐部(側部) 335a‧‧ ‧ door side support (side)

335b‧‧‧擋門支撐部的開口(擋門側開口) 335b‧‧‧ Opening of the door support (opening on the door side)

335c‧‧‧支撐器的端面部 335c‧‧‧end face of the support

335ca‧‧‧內壁面(上游表面) 335ca‧‧‧ inner wall (upstream surface)

335cb‧‧‧移動方向的下游表面 335cb‧‧‧ downstream surface in the direction of movement

335cc‧‧‧突起 335cc‧‧ ‧ prominence

335d‧‧‧後端開口(貫通孔) 335d‧‧‧Back opening (through hole)

335da‧‧‧錐形表面 335da‧‧‧Conical surface

335e‧‧‧連接至擋門側支撐部的部分 335e‧‧‧Connected to the side of the door side support

335f‧‧‧階梯部 335f‧‧‧Steps

336‧‧‧容器擋門彈簧(偏壓部件) 336‧‧‧Container door spring (biasing part)

337‧‧‧噴嘴接收器附接部 337‧‧‧Nozzle Receiver Attachment

337a‧‧‧噴嘴擋門定位肋 337a‧‧‧Nozzle door positioning rib

337b‧‧‧密封卡防止間隙 337b‧‧‧ Sealing card to prevent gaps

339‧‧‧容器接合部 339‧‧‧Container joints

339a‧‧‧導引突起 339a‧‧‧ guidance projection

339b‧‧‧導引溝槽 339b‧‧‧Guide groove

339c‧‧‧凸塊 339c‧‧‧Bumps

339d‧‧‧接合開口(軸向限流器) 339d‧‧‧ joint opening (axial restrictor)

340、3401~3404‧‧‧蓋鉤(突起) 340, 3401~3404‧‧‧ hooks (protrusions)

340a‧‧‧突起的傾斜部 340a‧‧‧Protruding slope

340b、3401b、3402b、3403b、3404b‧‧‧蓋鉤的底面(突起的第二表面) 340b, 3401b, 3402b, 3403b, 3404b‧‧‧ the bottom surface of the cover hook (the second surface of the protrusion)

340c、3401c、3402c、3403c、3404c‧‧‧蓋鉤的上表面(突起的第一表面) 340c, 3401c, 3402c, 3403c, 3404c‧‧ ‧ upper surface of the hook (the first surface of the protrusion)

340A‧‧‧前端(內端) 340A‧‧‧ front end (inside)

341b‧‧‧肋 341b‧‧‧ rib

361‧‧‧滑動導軌 361‧‧‧Sliding rail

400‧‧‧掃描器(掃描部) 400‧‧‧Scanner (Scanning Department)

500‧‧‧影印機(影像形成裝置) 500‧‧‧Photocopier (image forming device)

601、601Y‧‧‧容器驅動齒輪(裝置主體齒輪) 601, 601Y‧‧‧ container drive gear (device body gear)

602‧‧‧安裝框架 602‧‧‧Installation framework

603‧‧‧驅動馬達 603‧‧‧Drive motor

604‧‧‧齒輪 604‧‧‧ Gears

605、605Y‧‧‧輸送螺桿齒輪 605, 605Y‧‧‧ conveying screw gear

608、608Y‧‧‧設置蓋 608, 608Y‧‧‧Set cover

608c‧‧‧設置蓋的內表面 608c‧‧‧Set the inner surface of the cover

608d‧‧‧孔 608d‧‧‧ hole

610、610Y‧‧‧噴嘴孔(粉末接收孔) 610, 610Y‧‧‧ nozzle hole (powder receiving hole)

611、611Y‧‧‧輸送噴嘴 611, 611Y‧‧‧ conveying nozzle

611a‧‧‧輸送噴嘴的前端(端面) 611a‧‧‧ front end (end face) of the conveying nozzle

612‧‧‧噴嘴擋門(噴嘴開口/閉合部件) 612‧‧‧Nozzle stop (nozzle opening/closing part)

612a‧‧‧噴嘴擋門凸緣 612a‧‧‧Nozzle door flange

613‧‧‧噴嘴擋門彈簧(偏壓部件) 613‧‧‧Nozzle door spring (biasing part)

614、614Y‧‧‧輸送螺桿(主體輸送器) 614, 614Y‧‧‧ conveying screw (main conveyor)

615‧‧‧容器設置部(容器接收部) 615‧‧‧Container setting section (container receiving section)

615a‧‧‧容器設置部的內表面 615a‧‧‧The inner surface of the container setting

615b‧‧‧容器設置部的端面 615b‧‧‧End face of container setting

615c‧‧‧彈簧固定部 615c‧‧ ‧ spring fixed part

615d‧‧‧接觸表面 615d‧‧‧ contact surface

782‧‧‧扭力螺旋彈簧 782‧‧‧Torque coil spring

1001‧‧‧框架(第一部件) 1001‧‧‧Frame (first part)

1001a、1001b‧‧‧表面 1001a, 1001b‧‧‧ surface

1033‧‧‧軸 1033‧‧‧Axis

1034‧‧‧貫通孔 1034‧‧‧through holes

1035‧‧‧第二部件 1035‧‧‧ second part

1061‧‧‧開口 1061‧‧‧ openings

1301‧‧‧齒輪 1301‧‧‧ Gears

1305‧‧‧軸承 1305‧‧‧ Bearing

1306‧‧‧鉤 1306‧‧‧ hook

1340‧‧‧突起 1340‧‧‧ Protrusion

2000‧‧‧支撐裝置 2000‧‧‧Support device

3061~3064‧‧‧開口(槽口、切口) 3061~3064‧‧‧ openings (notches, slits)

3061a、3062a、3063a、3064a‧‧‧開口傾斜部 3061a, 3062a, 3063a, 3064a‧‧‧ opening slope

3061b、3062b、3063b、3064b‧‧‧面向開口傾斜部的相對表面 3061b, 3062b, 3063b, 3064b‧‧‧ opposite surfaces facing the inclined portion of the opening

3061c、3062c、3063c、3064c‧‧‧開口的第一埠(排出埠、下游端埠、排出口、或者開口的第一部分) 3061c, 3062c, 3063c, 3064c‧‧‧ first opening of the opening (discharge port, downstream port, discharge port, or the first part of the opening)

3061d、3062d、3063d、3064d‧‧‧開口的第二埠(進入埠、上游 端埠、進入口、或者開口的第二部分) 3061d, 3062d, 3063d, 3064d‧‧‧ second opening of the opening End, entrance, or the second part of the opening)

3401a~3404a‧‧‧突起的傾斜部 3401a~3404a‧‧‧Protruding slope

3401d~3404d‧‧‧側表面 3401d~3404d‧‧‧ side surface

3405~3414‧‧‧識別溝槽 3405~3414‧‧‧ Identifying trenches

4063、4064‧‧‧導引部(凹部、凹陷部、凹陷) 4063, 4064‧‧‧ Guides (recesses, depressions, depressions)

4063a、4064a、4402a、4403a、4404a‧‧‧第一表面 4063a, 4064a, 4402a, 4403a, 4404a‧‧‧ first surface

4063b、4064b、4402b、4403b、4404b‧‧‧第二表面 4063b, 4064b, 4402b, 4403b, 4404b‧‧‧ second surface

4403c‧‧‧第三表面 4403c‧‧‧ third surface

G‧‧‧顯影劑 G‧‧‧Development

Q‧‧‧附接方向 Q‧‧‧ Attachment direction

Q1‧‧‧分離方向 Q1‧‧‧Separation direction

L‧‧‧雷射光 L‧‧‧Laser light

第1圖為在附接根據本發明實施例的粉末容器之前粉末的填充裝置和粉末容器的說明性剖視圖;第2圖為說明根據本實施例之影像形成裝置的整體結構的示意圖;第3圖為說明第2圖所示之影像形成裝置的影像形成部的結構的示意圖;第4圖為說明粉末容器附接至容器收納部的狀態的示意性立體圖;第5圖為說明粉末容器附接至第2圖所示之影像形成裝置的粉末填充裝置的狀態的示意圖;第6圖為與粉末容器附接的粉末填充裝置和粉末容器的說明性立體圖;第7圖為說明根據本實施例之粉末容器的結構的說明性立體圖;第8圖為與粉末容器附接的粉末填充裝置和粉末容器的說明性剖視圖;第9圖為根據本實施例之容器收納部的說明性局部放大立體 圖;第10圖為與粉末容器附接的容器收納部的說明性剖視圖;第11A圖為說明根據本實施例將容器前端蓋附接至容器主體(粉末儲存器)的程序的局部放大立體圖;第11B圖為說明容器前端蓋的突起自第11A圖所示的狀態被插入在限流器的狀態的前視圖;第11C圖說明第17A圖所示之容器前端蓋的突起被插入在限流器的狀態;第12圖為用於解釋容器前端蓋的突起的結構以及限流器和容器主體側上的開口的結構的放大立體圖;第13圖為用於解釋根據本實施例之粉末容器的外觀的立體圖;第14圖為第13圖所示之D-D區域的放大立體圖;第15圖為用於解釋根據本實施例之帽蓋附接至粉末容器的狀態的立體圖;第16圖為當從容器前端蓋側觀看時根據本實施例的粉末容器的放大視圖;第17A圖為說明根據本實施例之粉末容器的結構的平面圖;第17B圖為粉末容器的底視圖;第17C圖為粉末容器的右視圖;第17D圖為粉末容器的左視圖;第18A圖為說明根據本實施例之粉末容器的結構的後視圖;第18B圖為粉末容器的前視圖;第19圖為用於解釋根據本實施例之粉末容器的容器主體的結構的放大立體圖;第20圖為當從容器前側觀看時噴嘴接收器的說明性立體圖;第21圖為當從容器內側觀看時噴嘴接收器的說明性立體圖;第22圖為用於解釋噴嘴接收器的結構的剖視圖;第23圖為噴嘴接收器附接至容器主體的粉末容器的說明性剖視圖; 第24A圖至第24D圖為用於解釋開啟/閉合部件和輸送噴嘴在附接操作中的狀態的頂部平面圖;第25圖為說明傳統噴嘴接收器的結構的說明性立體圖;第26圖為說明傳統噴嘴接收器的結構的剖視圖;第27A圖至第27D圖為用於解釋傳統開啟/閉合部件和傳統輸送噴嘴在附接操作中的狀態的底部平面圖;第28A圖為說明當從輸送噴嘴插入側觀看時根據本實施例之容器擋門支撐器的結構的立體圖;第28B圖為從與輸送噴嘴插入側相對側觀看時容器擋門支撐器的立體圖;第29A圖為說明傳統容器擋門支撐器的投影區域與傳統開啟/閉合部件的投影區域之間的關係用以比較傳統容器擋門支撐器與根據本實施例的容器擋門支撐器的視圖;第29B圖為說明容器擋門支撐器的投影區域與根據本實施例中開啟/閉合部件的投影區域之間的關係用以比較傳統容器擋門支撐器與根據本實施例的容器擋門支撐器的視圖;第30A圖為用於解釋根據第一實施例的第一示例中容器擋門支撐器的結構的平面圖;第30B圖為第30A圖所示之容器擋門支撐器的剖視圖;第30C圖為端面部的說明性剖視圖;第31圖為說明容器擋門支撐器的另一模式的立體圖;第32A圖為說明當應用根據第一實施例的第二示例中的壓縮結構時在壓縮開啟/閉合構件之前的狀態的視圖;第32B圖為說明當應用根據第二示例中的壓縮結構時在壓縮開啟/閉合部件之後的狀態的視圖;第33A圖為說明當根據本實施例的壓縮結構應用於傳統噴嘴接收器和傳統容器擋門時在壓縮開啟/閉合部件之前的狀態的視圖;第33B圖為說明當根據本實施例的壓縮結構應用於傳統噴嘴接收器和傳統容器擋門時在壓縮開啟/閉合部件之後的狀態的視 圖;第34A圖和第34B圖為說明根據第三示例的結構的視圖;第35圖為用於解釋容器前端蓋的突起的結構和根據比較示例中容器主體的限流器與開口的結構的放大立體圖;第36圖為說明容器前端蓋的突起的結構和根據第二實施例中容器主體的限流器與開口的結構的放大立體圖;第37A圖為用於解釋根據第二實施例的第四示例中突起的結構和開口的鄰近區域的結構的放大視圖;第37B圖為用於解釋開口的結構的放大視圖;第37C圖為用於解釋突起的結構的視圖;第38A圖至第38G圖為用於解釋根據第二實施例的第四示例中開口和突起的操作的視圖;第39A圖為用於解釋根據第二實施例的第五示例中突起的結構和開口的鄰近區域的結構的放大視圖;第39B圖為用於解釋開口的結構的放大視圖;第39C圖為用於解釋突起的結構的視圖;第40A圖至第40G圖為用於解釋根據第二實施例的第五示例中開口和突起的操作的視圖;第41A圖為用於解釋根據第二實施例的第六示例中突起的結構和開口的鄰近區域的結構的放大視圖;第41B圖為用於解釋開口的結構的放大視圖;第41C圖為用於解釋突起的結構的視圖;第42A圖至第42I圖為用於解釋根據第二實施例的第六示例中開口和突起的操作的視圖;第43A圖為用於解釋根據第二實施例的第七示例中突起的結構和開口的鄰近區域的結構的放大視圖;第43B圖為用於解釋開口的結構的放大視圖;第43C圖為用於解釋突起的結構的視圖;第44A圖至第44G圖為用於解釋根據第二實施例的第七示例中開口和突起的操作的視圖; 第45A圖至第45C圖為說明第二實施例的第四至第七示例的修改的視圖;第46A圖為用於解釋根據第二實施例的第八示例中突起的結構和開口的鄰近區域的結構的放大視圖;第46B圖為用於解釋開口的結構的放大視圖;第46C圖為用於解釋突起的結構的視圖;第47A圖至第47H圖為用於解釋根據第二實施例的第八示例中開口和突起的操作的視圖;第48A圖為用於解釋根據第二實施例的第九示例中突起的結構和開口的鄰近區域的結構的放大視圖;第48B圖為用於解釋開口的結構的放大視圖;第48C圖為用於解釋突起的結構的視圖;第49A圖至第49H圖為用於解釋根據第二實施例的第九示例中開口和突起的操作的視圖;第50A圖為用於解釋根據第二實施例的第十示例中突起的結構和開口的鄰近區域的結構的放大視圖;第50B圖為用於解釋開口的結構的放大視圖;第50C圖為用於解釋突起的結構的視圖;第51A圖至第51H圖為用於解釋根據第二實施例的第十示例中開口和突起的操作的視圖;第52A圖為用於解釋根據第二實施例的第十一示例中突起的結構和開口的鄰近區域的結構的放大視圖;第52B圖為用於解釋開口的結構的放大視圖;第52C圖為用於解釋突起的結構的視圖;第53A圖至第53G圖為用於解釋根據第二實施例的第十一示例中開口和突起的操作的視圖;第54A圖為用於解釋根據第二實施例的另一示例中突起的結構和開口的鄰近區域的結構的放大視圖;第54B圖為用於解釋開口的結構的放大視圖;第54C圖為用於解釋突起的結構的視圖; 第55圖為用於解釋根據第二實施例的另一示例中容器前端蓋的突起的結構和容器主體的限流器和開口的結構的放大立體圖;第56A圖為用於解釋第二實施例的技術應用於軸承附接結構的模式的分解立體圖;以及第56B圖為說明裝配狀態的側視圖。 1 is an explanatory cross-sectional view of a filling device and a powder container of a powder before attaching a powder container according to an embodiment of the present invention; and FIG. 2 is a schematic view showing an overall structure of an image forming apparatus according to the present embodiment; FIG. 4 is a schematic perspective view illustrating a state in which the powder container is attached to the container accommodating portion; FIG. 5 is a view illustrating the attachment of the powder container to the state in which the image forming apparatus is attached to the container accommodating portion; Fig. 6 is a schematic view showing the state of the powder filling device of the image forming apparatus shown in Fig. 2; Fig. 6 is an explanatory perspective view of the powder filling device and the powder container attached to the powder container; and Fig. 7 is a view showing the powder according to the present embodiment. An explanatory perspective view of the structure of the container; Fig. 8 is an explanatory sectional view of the powder filling device and the powder container attached to the powder container; and Fig. 9 is an explanatory partial enlarged view of the container accommodating portion according to the present embodiment Figure 10 is an explanatory cross-sectional view of the container accommodating portion attached to the powder container; Figure 11A is a partially enlarged perspective view showing a procedure of attaching the container front end cover to the container body (powder reservoir) according to the present embodiment; Fig. 11B is a front view showing a state in which the projection of the container front end cap is inserted into the restrictor from the state shown in Fig. 11A; and Fig. 11C is a view showing the projection of the front end cover of the container shown in Fig. 17A inserted in the restriction current Fig. 12 is an enlarged perspective view showing the structure of the projection of the front end cover of the container and the structure of the opening on the restrictor and the container main body side; Fig. 13 is a view for explaining the powder container according to the present embodiment. A perspective view of the appearance; Fig. 14 is an enlarged perspective view of the DD area shown in Fig. 13; Fig. 15 is a perspective view for explaining a state in which the cap according to the present embodiment is attached to the powder container; Fig. 16 is a view from Fig. 17A is a plan view showing the structure of the powder container according to the present embodiment; Fig. 17B is a bottom view of the powder container; Fig. 17C is a powder The right side view of the container; the 17D is a left side view of the powder container; the 18A is a rear view illustrating the structure of the powder container according to the present embodiment; the 18B is a front view of the powder container; and the 19th is for the front view of the powder container; An enlarged perspective view explaining the structure of the container body of the powder container according to the present embodiment; Fig. 20 is an explanatory perspective view of the nozzle receiver when viewed from the front side of the container; and Fig. 21 is an illustration of the nozzle receiver when viewed from the inside of the container Figure 22 is a cross-sectional view for explaining the structure of the nozzle receiver; Fig. 23 is an explanatory sectional view of the powder container to which the nozzle receiver is attached to the container body; 24A to 24D are top plan views for explaining states of the opening/closing member and the conveying nozzle in the attaching operation; Fig. 25 is an explanatory perspective view illustrating the structure of the conventional nozzle receiver; Fig. 26 is an explanatory view A cross-sectional view of the structure of a conventional nozzle receiver; FIGS. 27A to 27D are bottom plan views for explaining a state of a conventional opening/closing member and a conventional conveying nozzle in an attaching operation; FIG. 28A is a view illustrating insertion from a conveying nozzle A perspective view of the structure of the container door support according to the present embodiment when viewed from the side; FIG. 28B is a perspective view of the container door support when viewed from the side opposite to the insertion side of the delivery nozzle; FIG. 29A is a view illustrating the conventional container door support The relationship between the projection area of the device and the projection area of the conventional opening/closing member is used to compare the view of the conventional container door support with the container door support according to the present embodiment; FIG. 29B is a view of the container door support Relationship between the projected area and the projection area of the opening/closing member according to the present embodiment for comparing a conventional container door support with the present embodiment according to the present embodiment View of the door stopper support; Fig. 30A is a plan view for explaining the structure of the container door supporter according to the first example of the first embodiment; Fig. 30B is a container door supporter shown in Fig. 30A FIG. 30C is an explanatory cross-sectional view of the end face; FIG. 31 is a perspective view illustrating another mode of the container door support; FIG. 32A is a view illustrating compression when the second example according to the first embodiment is applied. View of the state before compressing the opening/closing member in the structure; FIG. 32B is a view illustrating a state after compressing the opening/closing member when the compression structure according to the second example is applied; FIG. 33A is a diagram illustrating A view of a state in which the compression structure of the embodiment is applied to a conventional nozzle receiver and a conventional container stopper before the opening/closing member is compressed; and FIG. 33B is a view illustrating the application of the compression structure according to the present embodiment to a conventional nozzle receiver and the conventional The state of the state after the container is blocked by the opening/closing member Fig. 34A and Fig. 34B are views for explaining the structure according to the third example; Fig. 35 is a view for explaining the structure of the protrusion of the front end cover of the container and the structure of the restrictor and the opening of the container body according to the comparative example. Fig. 36 is an enlarged perspective view showing the structure of the protrusion of the front end cover of the container and the structure of the restrictor and the opening of the container body according to the second embodiment; Fig. 37A is a view for explaining the second embodiment according to the second embodiment An enlarged view of the structure of the protrusions in the four examples and the structure of the vicinity of the opening; FIG. 37B is an enlarged view for explaining the structure of the opening; FIG. 37C is a view for explaining the structure of the protrusion; FIGS. 38A to 38G The figure is a view for explaining the operation of the opening and the protrusion in the fourth example according to the second embodiment; FIG. 39A is a view for explaining the structure of the protrusion and the structure of the adjacent area of the opening in the fifth example according to the second embodiment. Magnified view; Fig. 39B is an enlarged view for explaining the structure of the opening; Fig. 39C is a view for explaining the structure of the protrusion; Figs. 40A to 40G are for explaining the second embodiment according to the second embodiment A view of the operation of the opening and the protrusion in the fifth example; FIG. 41A is an enlarged view for explaining the structure of the protrusion and the adjacent region of the opening in the sixth example according to the second embodiment; FIG. 41B is for An enlarged view of the structure of the opening is explained; FIG. 41C is a view for explaining the structure of the protrusion; and FIGS. 42A to 42I are views for explaining an operation of the opening and the protrusion in the sixth example according to the second embodiment; 43A is an enlarged view for explaining a structure of a protrusion and an adjacent region of an opening in the seventh example according to the second embodiment; FIG. 43B is an enlarged view for explaining the structure of the opening; FIG. 43C is a view A view for explaining the structure of the protrusion; FIGS. 44A to 44G are views for explaining an operation of the opening and the protrusion in the seventh example according to the second embodiment; 45A to 45C are views for explaining modifications of the fourth to seventh examples of the second embodiment; FIG. 46A is a view for explaining the structure of the protrusion and the adjacent region of the opening in the eighth example according to the second embodiment. A magnified view of the structure; Fig. 46B is an enlarged view for explaining the structure of the opening; Fig. 46C is a view for explaining the structure of the protrusion; Figs. 47A to 47H are for explaining the second embodiment according to the second embodiment. A view of the operation of the opening and the protrusion in the eighth example; FIG. 48A is an enlarged view for explaining the structure of the protrusion and the adjacent region of the opening in the ninth example according to the second embodiment; FIG. 48B is for explanation An enlarged view of the structure of the opening; FIG. 48C is a view for explaining the structure of the protrusion; FIGS. 49A to 49H are views for explaining an operation of the opening and the protrusion in the ninth example according to the second embodiment; 50A is an enlarged view for explaining a structure of a protrusion and an adjacent region of an opening in the tenth example according to the second embodiment; FIG. 50B is an enlarged view for explaining a structure of the opening; FIG. 50C is for Interpretation View of the structure; FIGS. 51A to 51H are views for explaining the operation of the opening and the protrusion in the tenth example according to the second embodiment; FIG. 52A is for explaining the eleventh according to the second embodiment An enlarged view of the structure of the protrusion and the structure of the adjacent region of the opening in the example; FIG. 52B is an enlarged view for explaining the structure of the opening; FIG. 52C is a view for explaining the structure of the protrusion; FIGS. 53A to 53G It is a view for explaining the operation of the opening and the protrusion in the eleventh example according to the second embodiment; FIG. 54A is a structure for explaining the structure of the protrusion and the vicinity of the opening in another example according to the second embodiment. Magnified view; Fig. 54B is an enlarged view for explaining the structure of the opening; Fig. 54C is a view for explaining the structure of the protrusion; 55 is an enlarged perspective view for explaining a structure of a protrusion of a container front end cover and a structure of a restrictor and an opening of a container body according to another example of the second embodiment; FIG. 56A is a view for explaining the second embodiment An exploded perspective view of the mode in which the technique is applied to the bearing attachment structure; and FIG. 56B is a side view illustrating the assembled state.

本發明的實施例將參考所附圖式於下面描述。在本實施例和傳統結構的描述中,相同元件或者具有相同功能的元件基本上用相同符號表示,在隨後實施例和傳統結構中將不重複相同說明。下面的描述僅為示例性,不限制所附申請專利範圍的範疇。此外,熟悉本領域的技術人員可以藉由在所附申請專利範圍的範圍內做出修改或改變而容易地構想其他實施例。然而,這種修改和改變顯然落入所附申請專利範圍的範疇內。在圖式中,Y、M、C和K分別是附加到與黃色、洋紅色、青色和黑色對應的元件的符號,並且將被適當地省略。 Embodiments of the invention will be described below with reference to the drawings. In the description of the present embodiment and the conventional structure, the same elements or elements having the same functions are basically denoted by the same reference numerals, and the same description will not be repeated in the subsequent embodiments and the conventional structures. The following description is merely exemplary and does not limit the scope of the appended claims. In addition, other embodiments may be readily conceived by those skilled in the art in the <RTIgt; However, such modifications and changes are apparently within the scope of the appended claims. In the drawings, Y, M, C, and K are symbols attached to elements corresponding to yellow, magenta, cyan, and black, respectively, and will be omitted as appropriate.

第一實施例 First embodiment

將在下面描述本發明的第一實施例。第一實施例包括根據下面描述的第一至第三示例的技術。 A first embodiment of the present invention will be described below. The first embodiment includes the techniques according to the first to third examples described below.

第2圖為根據一實施例中作為影像形成裝置的電子照相串列式彩色影印機(以下稱為“影印機500”)的整體結構圖。該影印機500可以為單色影印機。影像形成裝置可以為印表機、傳真機、或者是取代影印機而具有影印機、印表機、傳真機以及掃描器的至少兩種功能的多種功能。影印機500主要包括:一影印機主體(以下稱為“印表機100”);一供紙台(以下稱為“供紙器200”);以及一掃描部(以下稱為“掃描器400”),安裝在印表機100上。 Fig. 2 is a view showing the overall configuration of an electrophotographic tandem color photocopier (hereinafter referred to as "photocopying machine 500") as an image forming apparatus according to an embodiment. The photocopier 500 can be a monochrome photocopier. The image forming apparatus may be a printer, a facsimile machine, or a plurality of functions having at least two functions of a photocopier, a printer, a facsimile, and a scanner instead of a photocopier. The photocopier 500 mainly includes: a photocopying machine main body (hereinafter referred to as "printer 100"); a paper feeding table (hereinafter referred to as "paper feeder 200"); and a scanning portion (hereinafter referred to as "scanner 400") ), mounted on the printer 100.

作為與不同顏色(黃色、洋紅色、青色、黑色)對應的粉末容器的四個碳粉容器32Y、32M、32C、32K可拆卸地(可更 換地)附接至作為提供在印表機100的上部中的容器收納部的碳粉容器收納器70。中間轉印裝置85位於碳粉容器收納器70之下。 The four toner containers 32Y, 32M, 32C, 32K as powder containers corresponding to different colors (yellow, magenta, cyan, black) are detachably (may be more The floor change is attached to the toner container accommodator 70 as a container accommodating portion provided in the upper portion of the printer 100. The intermediate transfer device 85 is located below the toner container holder 70.

中間轉印裝置85包括:一中間轉印帶48,作為中間轉印介質;四個主轉印偏壓輥49Y、49M、49C、49K;一副轉印備用支撐輥82;多個張力輥;以及一中間轉印清潔裝置等。該中間轉印帶48被多個輥拉伸和支撐,並且隨著作為輥的其中之一的副轉印備用支撐輥82的旋轉在第2圖中永久地逆時針方向移動。 The intermediate transfer device 85 includes: an intermediate transfer belt 48 as an intermediate transfer medium; four primary transfer bias rollers 49Y, 49M, 49C, 49K; a secondary transfer backup support roller 82; a plurality of tension rollers; And an intermediate transfer cleaning device and the like. The intermediate transfer belt 48 is stretched and supported by a plurality of rollers, and the rotation of the secondary transfer backup backup roller 82, which is one of the rollers, is permanently reversed in the second figure in FIG.

在印表機100中,與各個顏色對應的作為影像形成單元的四個影像形成部46(Y、M、C、K)排列為串列式,以面向中間轉印帶48。作為與四種顏色的四個碳粉容器32Y、32M、32C、32K對應的粉末供給(填充)裝置的四個碳粉填充裝置60Y、60M、60C、60K分別位於碳粉容器32Y、32M、32C、32K之下。該等碳粉填充裝置60Y、60M、60C、60K分別供應(填充)碳粉至用於各個顏色的影像形成部46Y、46M、46C、46K的顯影裝置,其中碳粉是包含在碳粉容器32Y、32M、32C、32K中的粉末顯影劑。在本實施例中,四個影像形成部46Y、46M、46C、46K構成一影像形成單元。 In the printer 100, four image forming portions 46 (Y, M, C, K) as image forming units corresponding to respective colors are arranged in a tandem type so as to face the intermediate transfer belt 48. The four toner filling devices 60Y, 60M, 60C, 60K as powder supply (filling) devices corresponding to the four toner containers 32Y, 32M, 32C, and 32K of the four colors are respectively located in the toner containers 32Y, 32M, and 32C. Under 32K. The toner filling devices 60Y, 60M, 60C, and 60K respectively supply (fill) toner to the developing devices for the image forming portions 46Y, 46M, 46C, and 46K of the respective colors, wherein the toner is contained in the toner container 32Y. , powder developer in 32M, 32C, 32K. In the present embodiment, the four image forming portions 46Y, 46M, 46C, and 46K constitute an image forming unit.

如第2圖所示,印表機100包括:一曝光裝置47,作為在該四個影像形成部46Y、46M、46C、46K之下的潛像形成裝置。該曝光裝置47基於通過掃描器400讀取的原始影像的影像資訊使用光線曝光並掃描作為影像載體(將在下文中進行描述)的光導體41Y、41M、41C、41K的表面,以使靜電潛像形成在光導體的表面上。該影像資訊可以自與影印機500連接的外部設備如個人電腦輸入,而不是通過掃描器400讀取。 As shown in Fig. 2, the printer 100 includes an exposure device 47 as a latent image forming device under the four image forming portions 46Y, 46M, 46C, and 46K. The exposure device 47 exposes and scans the surface of the photoconductor 41Y, 41M, 41C, 41K as an image carrier (which will be described later) based on the image information of the original image read by the scanner 400 to make the electrostatic latent image Formed on the surface of the photoconductor. The image information can be input from an external device such as a personal computer connected to the photocopier 500, rather than through the scanner 400.

在本實施例中,使用雷射二極體的雷射光束掃描系統被用作為曝光裝置47。然而,其他結構,如包括LED陣列的結構可以被用作為曝光裝置。 In the present embodiment, a laser beam scanning system using a laser diode is used as the exposure device 47. However, other structures, such as a structure including an LED array, can be used as the exposure device.

第3圖為說明與黃色對應的影像形成部46Y的整體結構的示意圖。 Fig. 3 is a schematic view showing the overall configuration of the image forming portion 46Y corresponding to yellow.

影像形成部46Y包括鼓狀光導體41Y。影像形成部46Y包括:一充電輥44Y,作為充電裝置;一顯影裝置50Y,作為顯影裝置;一清潔裝置42Y,作為光導體清潔裝置;以及一中和裝置等,所有這些裝置均位於光導體41Y周圍。對光導體41Y執行影像形成程序(充電程序、曝光程序、顯影程序、轉印程序、以及清潔程序),以使黃色碳粉影像形成在光導體41Y上。 The image forming portion 46Y includes a drum-shaped photoconductor 41Y. The image forming portion 46Y includes a charging roller 44Y as a charging device, a developing device 50Y as a developing device, a cleaning device 42Y as a photoconductor cleaning device, and a neutralization device, etc., all of which are located in the photoconductor 41Y. around. An image forming program (a charging program, an exposure program, a developing program, a transfer program, and a cleaning program) is performed on the photoconductor 41Y to form a yellow toner image on the photoconductor 41Y.

其他三個影像形成部46M、46C、46K具有幾乎與用於黃色的影像形成部46Y相同的結構,除了使用的碳粉的顏色不同以及與各個碳粉顏色對應的碳粉影像形成在光導體41M、41C、41K上之外。下面將提出僅對用於黃色的影像形成部46Y的說明,而適當地省略其他三個影像形成部46(M、C、K)的說明。 The other three image forming portions 46M, 46C, and 46K have almost the same configuration as the image forming portion 46Y for yellow, except that the colors of the toners used and the toner images corresponding to the respective toner colors are formed on the photoconductor 41M. Outside, 41C, 41K. In the following description, only the image forming unit 46Y for yellow will be described, and the description of the other three image forming units 46 (M, C, K) will be omitted as appropriate.

光導體41Y通過驅動馬達在第3圖中順時針方向旋轉。 光導體41Y的表面在面向充電輥44Y的位置處被均勻地充電(充電程序)。隨後,光導體41Y的表面到達使用通過曝光裝置47發射的雷射光L照射的位置,其中在該位置處,通過曝光掃描形成用於黃色的靜電潛像(曝光程序)。然後,光導體41Y的表面到達面向顯影裝置50Y的位置,其中在該位置處,使用黃色碳粉顯影靜電潛像以形成黃色碳粉影像(顯影裝置)。 The photoconductor 41Y is rotated clockwise in Fig. 3 by a drive motor. The surface of the photoconductor 41Y is uniformly charged at a position facing the charging roller 44Y (charging procedure). Subsequently, the surface of the photoconductor 41Y reaches a position irradiated with the laser light L emitted by the exposure device 47, at which position an electrostatic latent image for yellow is formed by exposure scanning (exposure procedure). Then, the surface of the photoconductor 41Y reaches a position facing the developing device 50Y at which the electrostatic latent image is developed using yellow toner to form a yellow toner image (developing device).

中間轉印裝置85的主轉印偏壓輥49Y和光導體41Y夾住中間轉印帶48,以形成用於黃色的主轉印夾持部。具有與碳粉的極性相反的極性的轉印偏壓被施加至主轉印偏壓輥49Y。 The primary transfer bias roller 49Y of the intermediate transfer device 85 and the photoconductor 41Y sandwich the intermediate transfer belt 48 to form a primary transfer nip for yellow. A transfer bias having a polarity opposite to the polarity of the toner is applied to the primary transfer bias roller 49Y.

光導體41Y的表面到達面向橫過中間轉印帶48的主轉印偏壓輥49Y的主轉印夾持部,其中碳粉影像通過顯影程序形成在該表面上,光導體41Y上的碳粉影像被轉印至在主轉印夾持部處的中間轉印帶48(主轉印程序)。此時,少量的非轉印碳粉殘留在光導體41Y上。光導體41Y的表面到達面向清潔裝置42Y的位置,其中碳粉影像已經從光導體41Y的表面轉印至在主轉印夾持部處的中間轉印帶48。在此位置,通過包括在清潔裝置42Y中的清潔刮板42a機械地收集殘留在光導體41Y上的非轉印碳粉(清潔程序)。光導體41Y的表面最終到達面向中和裝置的位置,其中 在該位置處去除光導體41Y上的剩餘電位。以此方式,完成在光導體41Y上執行的一系列影像形成程序。 The surface of the photoconductor 41Y reaches the main transfer nip portion facing the main transfer bias roller 49Y of the intermediate transfer belt 48, on which the toner image is formed by the developing process, the toner on the photoconductor 41Y The image is transferred to the intermediate transfer belt 48 (primary transfer program) at the primary transfer nip. At this time, a small amount of non-transfer toner remains on the photoconductor 41Y. The surface of the photoconductor 41Y reaches a position facing the cleaning device 42Y in which the toner image has been transferred from the surface of the photoconductor 41Y to the intermediate transfer belt 48 at the main transfer nip. At this position, the non-transfer toner remaining on the photoconductor 41Y is mechanically collected by the cleaning blade 42a included in the cleaning device 42Y (cleaning procedure). The surface of the photoconductor 41Y eventually reaches a position facing the neutralization device, wherein The residual potential on the photoconductor 41Y is removed at this position. In this way, a series of image forming programs executed on the photoconductor 41Y are completed.

上述影像形成程序也被以與用於黃色的影像形成部46Y相同的方式執行在其他影像形成部46M、46C、46K上。具體地,位於影像形成部46M、46C、46K之下的曝光裝置47基於影像資訊朝向影像形成部46M、46C、46K的光導體41M、41C、41K發射雷射光L。更具體地,曝光裝置47自光源發射雷射光L,並且經由多個光學元件使用雷射光L照射光導體41M、41C、41K的每一個,同時通過旋轉的多面鏡使用雷射光L執行掃描。 The image forming program described above is also executed on the other image forming portions 46M, 46C, and 46K in the same manner as the yellow image forming portion 46Y. Specifically, the exposure device 47 located under the image forming portions 46M, 46C, and 46K emits the laser light L toward the photoconductors 41M, 41C, and 41K of the image forming portions 46M, 46C, and 46K based on the image information. More specifically, the exposure device 47 emits the laser light L from the light source, and irradiates each of the photoconductors 41M, 41C, 41K with the laser light L via a plurality of optical elements while performing scanning using the laser light L by the rotating polygon mirror.

隨後,通過顯影程序在光導體41M、41C、41K上形成的各個顏色的碳粉影像由於施加於在四種顏色的主轉印夾持部處的各自主轉印偏壓輥的轉印偏壓的作用被轉印至中間轉印帶48,其中該四種顏色的主轉印夾持部藉由在主轉印偏壓輥49M、49C、49K與光導體41M、41C、41K之間夾住中間轉印帶48而形成。 Subsequently, the toner images of the respective colors formed on the photoconductors 41M, 41C, 41K by the developing process are applied to the transfer biases of the respective main transfer bias rollers at the main transfer nips of the four colors. The action is transferred to the intermediate transfer belt 48, wherein the primary transfer nip portions of the four colors are sandwiched between the primary transfer bias rollers 49M, 49C, 49K and the photoconductors 41M, 41C, 41K. The intermediate transfer belt 48 is formed.

此時,中間轉印帶48在第2圖中逆時針方向移動,並且依次通過主轉印偏壓輥49Y、49M、49C、49K的主轉印夾持部。 因此,在光導體41Y、41M、41C、41K上的各個顏色的碳粉影像被以重疊方式主要轉印至中間轉印帶48,以使彩色碳粉影像形成在中間轉印帶48上。 At this time, the intermediate transfer belt 48 moves in the counterclockwise direction in FIG. 2, and sequentially passes through the main transfer nip portions of the main transfer bias rollers 49Y, 49M, 49C, and 49K. Therefore, the toner images of the respective colors on the photoconductors 41Y, 41M, 41C, and 41K are mainly transferred to the intermediate transfer belt 48 in an overlapping manner so that the color toner images are formed on the intermediate transfer belt 48.

中間轉印帶48到達面向副轉印輥89的位置,其中該彩色碳粉影像通過各個顏色的重疊碳粉影像形成在中間轉印帶48上。在此位置,副轉印備用支撐輥82與副轉印輥89夾住中間轉印帶48,以形成副轉印夾持部。形成在中間轉印帶48上的彩色碳粉影像由於例如施加至副轉印備用支撐輥82的轉印偏壓的作用被轉印到輸送至副轉印夾持部的位置的記錄介質P如紙張。此時,尚未轉印至記錄介質P的非轉印碳粉殘留在中間轉印帶48上。已經通過副轉印夾持部的中間轉印帶48到達中間轉印清潔裝置的位置,其中在該位置處,殘留在表面上的非轉印碳粉被收集。以此方式,完成在中間轉印帶48上所執行的一系列轉印程序。 The intermediate transfer belt 48 reaches a position facing the sub-transfer roller 89, which is formed on the intermediate transfer belt 48 by the overlapping toner images of the respective colors. At this position, the sub-transfer backup support roller 82 and the sub-transfer roller 89 sandwich the intermediate transfer belt 48 to form a sub-transfer nip. The color toner image formed on the intermediate transfer belt 48 is transferred to the recording medium P conveyed to the position of the sub-transfer nip by, for example, the action of the transfer bias applied to the sub-transfer backup support roller 82. Paper. At this time, the non-transfer toner that has not been transferred to the recording medium P remains on the intermediate transfer belt 48. The position of the intermediate transfer cleaning device has been reached by the intermediate transfer belt 48 of the sub-transfer nip, at which the non-transfer toner remaining on the surface is collected. In this way, a series of transfer procedures performed on the intermediate transfer belt 48 are completed.

下面將解釋記錄介質P的移動。 The movement of the recording medium P will be explained below.

記錄介質P經由供給輥27、定位輥對28等從提供在位於印表機100之下的供紙器200中的供紙托盤26輸送至副轉印夾持部。具體地,多個記錄介質P疊放在供紙托盤26中。當供給輥27在第2圖中逆時針方向旋轉時,最上面的記錄介質P被供給至定位輥對28的兩個輥之間的夾持部。 The recording medium P is transported from the paper feed tray 26 provided in the paper feeder 200 located under the printer 100 to the sub-transfer nip via the supply roller 27, the registration roller pair 28, and the like. Specifically, a plurality of recording media P are stacked in the paper feed tray 26. When the supply roller 27 is rotated counterclockwise in FIG. 2, the uppermost recording medium P is supplied to the nip portion between the two rollers of the registration roller pair 28.

輸送至定位輥對28的記錄介質P暫時停止在定位輥對28的輥之間的夾持部的位置,其旋轉被停止。定位輥對28被旋轉以根據中間轉印帶48上的彩色碳粉影像到達副轉印夾持部的時間朝向副轉印夾持部輸送記錄介質P。因此,所需的顏色影像形成在記錄介質P上。 The recording medium P conveyed to the registration roller pair 28 is temporarily stopped at the position of the nip portion between the rollers of the registration roller pair 28, and the rotation thereof is stopped. The registration roller pair 28 is rotated to convey the recording medium P toward the sub-transfer nip according to the time when the color toner image on the intermediate transfer belt 48 reaches the sub-transfer nip. Therefore, the desired color image is formed on the recording medium P.

記錄介質P被輸送至定影裝置86的位置,其中在副轉印夾持部處,彩色碳粉影像被轉印在記錄介質P上。在定影裝置86中,轉印在記錄介質P的表面上的彩色碳粉影像通過由定影帶和壓按輥施加的熱和壓力被定影至記錄介質P。已經通過定影裝置86的記錄介質P經由排出輥對29的輥之間的夾持部被排出至裝置外部。通過排出輥對29排出至裝置外部的記錄介質P被順序地疊放在堆疊部30上,作為輸出影像。以此方式,完成了在影印機500中的一系列影像形成程序。 The recording medium P is conveyed to a position of the fixing device 86 where the color toner image is transferred onto the recording medium P at the sub-transfer nip. In the fixing device 86, the color toner image transferred onto the surface of the recording medium P is fixed to the recording medium P by heat and pressure applied by the fixing belt and the pressing roller. The recording medium P that has passed through the fixing device 86 is discharged to the outside of the apparatus via the nip between the rollers of the discharge roller pair 29. The recording medium P discharged to the outside of the apparatus by the discharge roller pair 29 is sequentially stacked on the stacking portion 30 as an output image. In this way, a series of image forming programs in the photocopier 500 are completed.

下面將更加詳細地解釋影像形成部46中顯影裝置50的結構和操作。在下文中,將通過示例方式解釋用於黃色的影像形成部46Y。然而,用於其他顏色的影像形成部46M、46C、46K具有相同結構並且執行相同操作。 The structure and operation of the developing device 50 in the image forming portion 46 will be explained in more detail below. Hereinafter, the image forming portion 46Y for yellow will be explained by way of example. However, the image forming portions 46M, 46C, 46K for other colors have the same structure and perform the same operation.

如第3圖所示,顯影裝置50Y包括:一顯影輥51Y,作為顯影劑載體;一佈粉刮刀52Y,作為顯影劑調節板;兩個顯影劑輸送螺桿55Y;以及一碳粉濃度感測器56Y等。顯影輥51Y面向光導體41Y。佈粉刮刀52Y面向顯影輥51Y。兩個顯影劑輸送螺桿55Y位於兩個顯影劑收納部即第一和第二顯影劑收納部53Y和54Y內部。顯影輥51Y包括:一位於其內部的磁性輥;一圍繞該磁性輥旋轉的套筒等。包含載體和碳粉的二成分顯影劑G被儲存在第一顯影劑收納部53Y和第二顯影劑收納部54Y中。第二顯 影劑收納部54Y經由在其上側提供的開口與碳粉落下通道64Y連通。碳粉濃度感測器56Y檢測儲存在第二顯影劑收納部54Y中的顯影劑G中的碳粉濃度。 As shown in Fig. 3, the developing device 50Y includes: a developing roller 51Y as a developer carrier; a powder scraper 52Y as a developer regulating plate; two developer conveying screws 55Y; and a toner concentration sensor 56Y and so on. The developing roller 51Y faces the photoconductor 41Y. The toner scraper 52Y faces the developing roller 51Y. The two developer conveying screws 55Y are located inside the two developer accommodating portions, that is, the first and second developer accommodating portions 53Y and 54Y. The developing roller 51Y includes: a magnetic roller located inside thereof; a sleeve or the like that rotates around the magnetic roller. The two-component developer G containing the carrier and the carbon powder is stored in the first developer accommodating portion 53Y and the second developer accommodating portion 54Y. Second display The toner accommodating portion 54Y communicates with the toner dropping passage 64Y via an opening provided at the upper side thereof. The toner concentration sensor 56Y detects the toner concentration in the developer G stored in the second developer accommodating portion 54Y.

顯影裝置50中的顯影劑G在第一顯影劑收納部53Y與第二顯影劑收納部54Y之間傳送,同時被兩個顯影劑輸送螺桿55Y攪拌。第一顯影劑收納部53Y中的顯影劑G由於通過顯影輥51Y中的磁性輥產生的磁場被提供至且運載在顯影輥51Y的套筒的表面上,同時顯影劑G被顯影劑輸送螺桿55Y的其中之一輸送。顯影輥51Y的套筒如第3圖箭頭所示逆時針方向旋轉,且運載在顯影輥51Y上的顯影劑G隨著套筒的旋轉在顯影輥51Y上移動。此時,顯影劑G中的碳粉由於與顯影劑G中的載體摩擦充電藉由充電至與載體的極性相反的電位靜電地黏附至載體,並且與通過在顯影輥51Y上產生的磁場所吸引的載體一起被運載在顯影輥51Y上。 The developer G in the developing device 50 is transported between the first developer accommodating portion 53Y and the second developer accommodating portion 54Y while being agitated by the two developer conveying screws 55Y. The developer G in the first developer accommodating portion 53Y is supplied to and carried on the surface of the sleeve of the developing roller 51Y by the magnetic field generated by the magnetic roller in the developing roller 51Y, while the developer G is fed by the developer conveying screw 55Y One of them is delivered. The sleeve of the developing roller 51Y rotates counterclockwise as indicated by an arrow in Fig. 3, and the developer G carried on the developing roller 51Y moves on the developing roller 51Y as the sleeve rotates. At this time, the carbon powder in the developer G is electrostatically adhered to the carrier by charging to a potential opposite to the polarity of the carrier by frictional charging with the carrier in the developer G, and is attracted to the magnetic field generated by the developing roller 51Y. The carriers are carried together on the developing roller 51Y.

運載在顯影輥51Y上的顯影劑G被以第3圖中的箭頭方向輸送,並且到達佈粉刮刀部,其中佈粉刮刀52Y與顯影輥51Y彼此面對。顯影輥51Y上的顯影劑G的數量被調節,且當顯影劑G通過佈粉刮刀部時其被調節至適當的量,然後,顯影劑G被輸送至面向光導體41Y的顯影區域。在顯影區域中,顯影劑G中的碳粉通過在顯影輥51Y與光導體41Y之間產生的顯影電場黏附至形成在光導體41Y上的潛像。殘留在已經通過顯影區域的顯影輥51Y的表面上的顯影劑G隨著套筒的旋轉到達第一顯影劑收納部53Y的上側。在此位置,顯影劑G與顯影輥51Y分離。 The developer G carried on the developing roller 51Y is conveyed in the direction of the arrow in Fig. 3, and reaches the toner scraper portion in which the toner scraper 52Y and the developing roller 51Y face each other. The amount of the developer G on the developing roller 51Y is adjusted, and when the developer G passes through the toner blade portion, it is adjusted to an appropriate amount, and then, the developer G is conveyed to the developing region facing the photoconductor 41Y. In the developing region, the toner in the developer G adheres to the latent image formed on the photoconductor 41Y by the developing electric field generated between the developing roller 51Y and the photoconductor 41Y. The developer G remaining on the surface of the developing roller 51Y that has passed through the developing region reaches the upper side of the first developer accommodating portion 53Y as the sleeve rotates. At this position, the developer G is separated from the developing roller 51Y.

顯影裝置50Y中的顯影劑G受到調整,以使碳粉濃度落入預定範圍內。具體地,包含在碳粉容器32Y中的碳粉根據通過顯影在顯影裝置50Y中的顯影劑G的碳粉的消耗被經由碳粉落下通道64Y的碳粉填充裝置60Y(將在下面進行描述)填充至第二顯影劑收納部54Y。填充至第二顯影劑收納部54Y的碳粉在第一顯影劑收納部53Y與第二顯影劑收納部54Y之間流通,同時通過兩個顯影劑輸送螺桿55Y與顯影劑G混合並攪拌。 The developer G in the developing device 50Y is adjusted so that the toner concentration falls within a predetermined range. Specifically, the toner contained in the toner container 32Y is passed through the toner filling device 60Y of the toner dropping passage 64Y according to the consumption of the toner of the developer G in the developing device 50Y (which will be described below) The second developer accommodating portion 54Y is filled. The toner filled in the second developer accommodating portion 54Y flows between the first developer accommodating portion 53Y and the second developer accommodating portion 54Y, and is mixed with the developer G by the two developer conveying screws 55Y and stirred.

接著,將描述碳粉填充裝置60Y、60M、60C、60K。 Next, the toner filling devices 60Y, 60M, 60C, 60K will be described.

第4圖為說明四個碳粉容器32Y、32M、32C、32K附接至碳粉容器收納部70的狀態的示意性立體圖。第5圖為說明碳粉容器32Y附接至碳粉填充裝置60Y的狀態的示意圖。用於各個顏色的碳粉填充裝置60Y、60M、60C、60K具有相同結構,除了碳粉顏色不同之外。因此,在第5圖中,將提出僅用於黃色的碳粉填充裝置60Y和碳粉容器32Y的說明,且適當地省略用於其他三種顏色的碳粉填充裝置60M、60C、60K和碳粉容器32M、32C、32K的說明。當該結構根據顏色變化時,使用表示特定顏色的符號Y、M、C或K。當該結構不是根據顏色變化或者通用於所有顏色時,可以使用符號Y、M、C或K或者可以適當地省略所有符號。在第4圖中,箭頭Q表示各個顏色的碳粉容器32附接至碳粉填充裝置60的附接方向,Q1表示各個顏色的碳粉容器32與碳粉填充裝置60分離的拆卸方向。 Fig. 4 is a schematic perspective view showing a state in which the four toner containers 32Y, 32M, 32C, and 32K are attached to the toner container accommodating portion 70. Fig. 5 is a schematic view showing a state in which the toner container 32Y is attached to the toner filling device 60Y. The toner filling devices 60Y, 60M, 60C, 60K for the respective colors have the same structure except that the toner colors are different. Therefore, in Fig. 5, descriptions of the toner filling device 60Y and the toner container 32Y for yellow only will be proposed, and the toner filling devices 60M, 60C, 60K and toner for the other three colors are appropriately omitted as appropriate. Description of containers 32M, 32C, 32K. When the structure changes according to color, a symbol Y, M, C or K representing a specific color is used. When the structure is not changed according to color or common to all colors, the symbols Y, M, C or K may be used or all symbols may be omitted as appropriate. In Fig. 4, an arrow Q indicates that the toner containers 32 of the respective colors are attached to the attachment direction of the toner filling device 60, and Q1 indicates the detaching direction in which the toner containers 32 of the respective colors are separated from the toner filling device 60.

附帶一提,四種碳粉容器32(Y、M、C、K)中包含黑色碳粉的碳粉容器32K的直徑可以相對於包含黃色碳粉、洋紅色碳粉、以及青色碳粉的碳粉容器32(Y、M、C)的直徑而增加。 具有這種結構,可以降低替換頻繁地使用之包含黑色碳粉的碳粉容器32K的頻率。甚至在此情況下,碳粉填充裝置60具有近似相同的結構,除了在影像形成程序中使用的碳粉的顏色和碳粉容器32的直徑彼此不同之外。因此,下面將主要描述碳粉容器32Y。 Incidentally, the toner container 32K containing black toner in the four toner containers 32 (Y, M, C, K) may have a diameter relative to carbon containing yellow toner, magenta toner, and cyan toner. The diameter of the powder container 32 (Y, M, C) increases. With this configuration, it is possible to reduce the frequency of replacing the toner container 32K containing black toner frequently used. Even in this case, the toner filling device 60 has approximately the same structure except that the color of the toner used in the image forming program and the diameter of the toner container 32 are different from each other. Therefore, the toner container 32Y will be mainly described below.

在第4圖所示之附接至印表機100的碳粉容器收納器70用於各個顏色的碳粉容器32Y、32M、32C、32K中之包含在碳粉容器32Y中的黃色碳粉係根據如第5圖所示的顯影裝置50中碳粉的消耗而適當地填充至顯影裝置。此時,碳粉容器32Y中的碳粉被碳粉填充裝置60Y填充。該碳粉填充裝置60Y包括:碳粉容器收納器70、一輸送噴嘴611Y,作為輸送管道、一輸送螺桿614Y,作為主體輸送器、碳粉落下通道64Y、一驅動部件91Y,作為容器旋轉部件、等等。用於其他顏色的碳粉填充裝置具有相同結構。 當使用者執行附接操作以在第5圖中的附接方向Q中推動碳粉容 器32Y並且碳粉容器32Y隨著附接方向Q移動至印表機100的碳粉容器收納器70的內部時,碳粉填充裝置60Y的輸送噴嘴611Y在附接操作中自碳粉容器32Y的前側插入。因此,碳粉容器32Y和輸送噴嘴611Y彼此連通。一種與附接操作相連的配置將在下面詳細描述。 The toner container accommodator 70 attached to the printer 100 shown in Fig. 4 is used for the yellow toner system contained in the toner container 32Y among the toner containers 32Y, 32M, 32C, 32K of the respective colors. The developing device is appropriately filled according to the consumption of the toner in the developing device 50 as shown in Fig. 5. At this time, the toner in the toner container 32Y is filled with the toner filling device 60Y. The toner filling device 60Y includes a toner container accommodator 70, a conveying nozzle 611Y, as a conveying pipe, a conveying screw 614Y, as a main body conveyor, a toner dropping passage 64Y, and a driving member 91Y as a container rotating member. and many more. The toner filling device for other colors has the same structure. When the user performs an attachment operation to push the toner capacity in the attachment direction Q in FIG. When the toner container 32Y is moved to the inside of the toner container accommodator 70 of the printer 100 in the attachment direction Q, the conveying nozzle 611Y of the toner filling device 60Y is in the attachment operation from the toner container 32Y. The front side is inserted. Therefore, the toner container 32Y and the conveying nozzle 611Y communicate with each other. A configuration connected to the attachment operation will be described in detail below.

碳粉容器32Y可以被稱為碳粉瓶。碳粉容器32Y主要包括:一容器前端蓋34Y,作為容器蓋或收納部,其被碳粉容器收納器70非旋轉地收納,並且包括一作為粉末儲存器之近似柱狀容器主體33Y,其與作為容器側齒輪的容器齒輪301Y整合。該容器主體33Y被容器前端蓋34Y旋轉地收納。在第5圖中,一設置蓋608Y是碳粉容器收納器70的容器蓋接收部73的一部分。 The toner container 32Y may be referred to as a toner bottle. The toner container 32Y mainly includes a container front end cover 34Y as a container lid or a storage portion that is non-rotatably accommodated by the toner container holder 70, and includes an approximate columnar container body 33Y as a powder reservoir, which is The container gear 301Y as a container side gear is integrated. The container body 33Y is rotatably housed by the container front end cover 34Y. In Fig. 5, a setting cover 608Y is a part of the container lid receiving portion 73 of the toner container container 70.

如第4圖所示,碳粉容器收納器70主要包括:容器蓋接收部73;一容器接收部72;以及一插入孔部71。容器蓋接收部73是用於收納用於各個顏色的碳粉容器32Y、32M、32C、32K的容器前端蓋34Y、34M、34C、34K和容器主體33Y、33M、33C、33K的部分。容器接收部72是用於支撐碳粉容器32Y、32M、32C、32K的容器主體33Y、33M、33C、33K的部分。作為在碳粉容器32Y、32M、32C、32K的附接操作中使用的插入開口的插入孔71a係由插入孔部71定義。當位於影印機500的前側(在垂直於第2圖的紙張的方向中的前側)的主體蓋開啟時,碳粉容器收納器70的插入孔部71被暴露。然後,與影印機500的前側執行碳粉容器32Y、32M、32C、32K的附接/分離操作(使用碳粉容器32的縱向方向作為附接/分離方向的附接/分離操作,其中各個顏色的碳粉容器32附接至碳粉填充裝置60以及與碳粉填充裝置60分離),同時碳粉容器32Y、32M、32C、32K的取向係它們的縱向方向為平行於水平方向。 As shown in FIG. 4, the toner container container 70 mainly includes a container lid receiving portion 73, a container receiving portion 72, and an insertion hole portion 71. The container lid receiving portion 73 is a portion for accommodating the container front end caps 34Y, 34M, 34C, and 34K and the container bodies 33Y, 33M, 33C, and 33K for the toner containers 32Y, 32M, 32C, and 32K of the respective colors. The container receiving portion 72 is a portion for supporting the container bodies 33Y, 33M, 33C, and 33K of the toner containers 32Y, 32M, 32C, and 32K. The insertion hole 71a as an insertion opening used in the attaching operation of the toner containers 32Y, 32M, 32C, 32K is defined by the insertion hole portion 71. When the main body cover located on the front side of the photocopier 500 (the front side in the direction perpendicular to the paper of FIG. 2) is opened, the insertion hole portion 71 of the toner container accommodator 70 is exposed. Then, the attachment/separation operation of the toner containers 32Y, 32M, 32C, 32K is performed with the front side of the photocopier 500 (the attachment/separation operation using the longitudinal direction of the toner container 32 as the attachment/separation direction, in which each color The toner container 32 is attached to the toner filling device 60 and separated from the toner filling device 60, while the toner containers 32Y, 32M, 32C, 32K are oriented such that their longitudinal directions are parallel to the horizontal direction.

容器接收部72被設置使得其縱向長度變為大約與各個顏色的容器主體33Y、33M、33C、33K的縱向長度相同。容器蓋接收部73在縱向方向(附接/分離方向)中位於容器接收部72的容器前側(附接方向Q的一側),並且插入孔部71在縱向方向中 位於容器接收部72的一端側(分離方向Q1的一側)。四個碳粉容器32Y、32M、32C、32K能夠以滑動方式在容器接收部72上移動。因此,隨著碳粉容器的附接操作,容器前端蓋34Y、34M、34C、34K首先通過插入孔部71,在容器接收部72上滑動一段時間,最終附接至容器蓋接收部73。 The container receiving portion 72 is disposed such that its longitudinal length becomes approximately the same as the longitudinal length of the container bodies 33Y, 33M, 33C, 33K of the respective colors. The container lid receiving portion 73 is located at the container front side (the side of the attachment direction Q) of the container receiving portion 72 in the longitudinal direction (attachment/separation direction), and the insertion hole portion 71 is in the longitudinal direction It is located on one end side (the side of the separation direction Q1) of the container receiving portion 72. The four toner containers 32Y, 32M, 32C, 32K are slidable on the container receiving portion 72. Therefore, with the attachment operation of the toner container, the container front end covers 34Y, 34M, 34C, 34K are first slid on the container receiving portion 72 for a while by the insertion hole portion 71, and finally attached to the container cover receiving portion 73.

當容器前端蓋34Y附接至容器蓋接收部73時,如第5圖所示包括驅動馬達、驅動齒輪等的驅動部件(容器旋轉部件)91Y經由作為裝置主體齒輪的容器驅動齒輪601Y輸入旋轉驅動至位於容器主體33Y中的齒輪的容器齒輪301Y。因此,容器主體33Y以第5圖中的箭頭A方向旋轉。隨著容器主體33Y的旋轉,在容器主體33Y的內表面上以螺旋形狀形成的螺旋肋302Y沿容器主體的縱向方向自第5圖中的右側的一端輸送容器主體33Y中的碳粉至第5圖中的左側的另一端。即,在本實施例中,螺旋肋302Y作為旋轉輸送器。因此,碳粉經由作為在輸送噴嘴611Y上提供的粉末接收孔的噴嘴孔610Y供給至輸送噴嘴611Y的內部,並且自附接容器前端蓋34Y的碳粉容器32Y的另一側供給。在相對於容器齒輪301Y位於容器主體33Y的縱向方向的位置的內部位置處,噴嘴孔610Y與作為擋門側開口(將在下文描述)的擋門支撐部335b的開口連通。具體地,容器齒輪301Y在碳粉容器的縱向方向上與容器開口33a側上的容器驅動齒輪601Y嚙合,係相對於噴嘴孔610與擋門支撐部335b的開口彼此連通的位置。 When the container front end cover 34Y is attached to the container lid receiving portion 73, a driving member (container rotating member) 91Y including a driving motor, a driving gear, and the like as shown in FIG. 5 is rotationally driven via a container driving gear 601Y as a device main body gear. The container gear 301Y to the gear located in the container body 33Y. Therefore, the container main body 33Y rotates in the direction of the arrow A in Fig. 5 . With the rotation of the container main body 33Y, the spiral rib 302Y formed in a spiral shape on the inner surface of the container main body 33Y conveys the toner in the container main body 33Y from the one end on the right side in Fig. 5 in the longitudinal direction of the container main body to the fifth The other end of the left side of the figure. That is, in the present embodiment, the spiral rib 302Y serves as a rotary conveyor. Therefore, the toner is supplied to the inside of the conveying nozzle 611Y via the nozzle hole 610Y which is the powder receiving hole provided on the conveying nozzle 611Y, and is supplied from the other side of the toner container 32Y of the attached container front end cover 34Y. At an inner position with respect to the position of the container gear 301Y in the longitudinal direction of the container main body 33Y, the nozzle hole 610Y communicates with the opening of the shutter support portion 335b which is a door side opening (to be described later). Specifically, the container gear 301Y meshes with the container drive gear 601Y on the container opening 33a side in the longitudinal direction of the toner container, with respect to the position where the nozzle hole 610 and the opening of the shutter support portion 335b communicate with each other.

輸送螺桿614Y位於輸送噴嘴611Y中。當驅動部件(容器旋轉部件)91Y輸入旋轉驅動至輸送螺桿齒輪605Y時,輸送螺桿614Y旋轉以輸送在輸送噴嘴611Y中供應的碳粉。在輸送方向中輸送噴嘴611Y的下游端連接至碳粉落下通道64Y。通過輸送螺桿614Y輸送的碳粉由於重力沿碳粉落下通道64Y落下,並且被填充至顯影裝置50Y(第二顯影劑收納部54Y)。 The conveying screw 614Y is located in the conveying nozzle 611Y. When the driving member (container rotating member) 91Y is rotationally driven to the conveying screw gear 605Y, the conveying screw 614Y rotates to convey the toner supplied in the conveying nozzle 611Y. The downstream end of the conveying nozzle 611Y in the conveying direction is connected to the toner dropping passage 64Y. The toner conveyed by the conveying screw 614Y falls by the gravity along the toner dropping passage 64Y, and is filled to the developing device 50Y (second developer accommodating portion 54Y).

碳粉容器32Y、32M、32C、32K在其使用期限結束時(當容器由於所包含的碳粉幾乎全部被消耗而變為空瓶時)用新的碳粉容器替換。夾具303Y、303M、303C、303K在第4圖中的 縱向方向中即在分離方向Q1側上位於與容器前端蓋34Y、34M、34C、34K相對的碳粉容器32Y、32M、32C、32K的一端。當替換碳粉容器時,操作者可以緊握夾具303Y、303M、303C、303K,以拔出並分離附接至碳粉容器收納器70的碳粉容器32Y、32M、32C、32K。 The toner containers 32Y, 32M, 32C, and 32K are replaced with a new toner container at the end of their use period (when the container becomes an empty bottle due to almost all of the contained toner being consumed). Fixtures 303Y, 303M, 303C, 303K in Figure 4 In the longitudinal direction, that is, one end of the toner containers 32Y, 32M, 32C, 32K opposed to the container front end covers 34Y, 34M, 34C, 34K on the separation direction Q1 side. When the toner container is replaced, the operator can grip the jigs 303Y, 303M, 303C, 303K to pull out and separate the toner containers 32Y, 32M, 32C, 32K attached to the toner container accommodator 70.

下面將參考第6圖進一步描述驅動部件91的結構。在第6圖中,省略表示顏色的符號。驅動部件91包括:容器驅動齒輪601和輸送螺桿齒輪605。當將固定至安裝框架602的驅動馬達603驅動並且將輸出齒輪旋轉時,容器驅動齒輪601旋轉。輸送螺桿齒輪605經由連接的齒輪604通過接收輸出齒輪的旋轉而旋轉。 The structure of the driving member 91 will be further described below with reference to Fig. 6. In Fig. 6, the symbol indicating the color is omitted. The drive member 91 includes a container drive gear 601 and a conveying screw gear 605. When the drive motor 603 fixed to the mounting frame 602 is driven and the output gear is rotated, the container drive gear 601 is rotated. The conveying screw gear 605 is rotated via the connected gear 604 by receiving the rotation of the output gear.

如第4圖所示,碳粉填充裝置60Y根據輸送螺桿614Y的旋轉頻率控制供應至顯影裝置50Y的碳粉的數量。因此,通過輸送噴嘴611Y的碳粉在不需要控制供應至顯影裝置50Y的碳粉量的情況下通過碳粉落下通道64Y被直接地輸送至顯影裝置50Y。甚至在如本實施例中所描述之被配置以插入輸送噴嘴611Y至碳粉容器32Y的碳粉填充裝置60Y中,可以放置一臨時碳粉儲存器如碳粉匣。在其他顏色的碳粉填充裝置60M、60C、60K中,碳粉的供應量係以與碳粉填充裝置60Y相同的方式控制。 As shown in Fig. 4, the toner filling device 60Y controls the amount of toner supplied to the developing device 50Y in accordance with the rotation frequency of the conveying screw 614Y. Therefore, the toner passing through the conveying nozzle 611Y is directly conveyed to the developing device 50Y through the toner dropping passage 64Y without controlling the amount of toner supplied to the developing device 50Y. Even in the toner filling device 60Y configured to be inserted into the conveying nozzle 611Y to the toner container 32Y as described in the present embodiment, a temporary toner storage such as toner can be placed. In the toner filling devices 60M, 60C, 60K of other colors, the supply amount of the toner is controlled in the same manner as the toner filling device 60Y.

下面將詳細描述根據本實施例的碳粉容器32Y、32M、32C、32K和碳粉填充裝置60Y、60M、60C、60K。如上所述,碳粉容器32Y、32M、32C、32K和碳粉填充裝置60Y、60M、60C、60K幾乎具有相同結構,除了使用的碳粉的顏色不同之外。因此,在下面的描述中,將省略表示碳粉顏色的符號Y、M、C和K。 The toner containers 32Y, 32M, 32C, 32K and the toner filling devices 60Y, 60M, 60C, 60K according to the present embodiment will be described in detail below. As described above, the toner containers 32Y, 32M, 32C, 32K and the toner filling devices 60Y, 60M, 60C, 60K have almost the same structure except that the colors of the used toner are different. Therefore, in the following description, the symbols Y, M, C, and K indicating the toner color will be omitted.

第1圖為在附接碳粉容器32之前碳粉填充裝置60和碳粉容器32的前端的說明性剖視圖。第7圖為從容器前端蓋34的上面觀看之碳粉容器32的說明性立體圖。第8圖為附接碳粉容器32的碳粉填充裝置60和碳粉容器32的前端的說明性剖視圖。第9圖為說明碳粉容器收納器70的容器蓋接收部73的結構的立體圖。 FIG. 1 is an explanatory cross-sectional view of the front end of the toner filling device 60 and the toner container 32 before the toner container 32 is attached. Fig. 7 is an explanatory perspective view of the toner container 32 viewed from the upper surface of the container front end cover 34. Fig. 8 is an explanatory sectional view showing the front end of the toner filling device 60 and the toner container 32 to which the toner container 32 is attached. Fig. 9 is a perspective view showing the configuration of the container lid receiving portion 73 of the toner container container 70.

碳粉填充裝置60包括:輸送噴嘴611,其中放置有輸送螺桿614;以及一噴嘴擋門612。該噴嘴擋門612被滑動地安裝在輸送噴嘴611的外表面上,以在分離時接近噴嘴孔610,這是在附接碳粉容器32之前(在第1圖的狀態中),並且在附接時開啟噴嘴孔610,這是在附接碳粉容器32時(在第8圖的狀態中)。噴嘴擋門612包括:一噴嘴擋門凸緣612a,作為在相對於作為與輸送噴嘴611接觸的噴嘴插入部件(將在下面描述)的噴嘴接收器330的端面的附接方向中的下游側上的凸緣。 The toner filling device 60 includes a conveying nozzle 611 in which a conveying screw 614 is placed, and a nozzle blocking door 612. The nozzle stopper 612 is slidably mounted on the outer surface of the conveying nozzle 611 to approach the nozzle hole 610 at the time of separation, which is before the toner container 32 is attached (in the state of FIG. 1), and is attached The nozzle hole 610 is opened at the time of attachment (in the state of Fig. 8) when the toner container 32 is attached. The nozzle stopper door 612 includes a nozzle shutter flange 612a as a downstream side in an attachment direction with respect to an end surface of the nozzle receiver 330 as a nozzle insertion member (which will be described later) which is in contact with the conveying nozzle 611. The flange.

如第7圖所示,一接收開口331被提供在碳粉容器32的前端的中心,其中該接收開口331作為在附接時輸送噴嘴611所插入的噴嘴插入開口,以及放置一容器擋門332,作為在分離時接近接收開口331的開啟/閉合部件。 As shown in Fig. 7, a receiving opening 331 is provided at the center of the front end of the toner container 32, wherein the receiving opening 331 serves as a nozzle insertion opening into which the conveying nozzle 611 is inserted at the time of attachment, and a container shutter 332 is placed. As an opening/closing member that approaches the receiving opening 331 at the time of separation.

如第4圖所示,位於碳粉容器收納器70的容器接收部72在與碳粉容器32的縱向方向(附接/分離方向)垂直的寬度方向W上被劃分為四個部分,並且如第9圖所示作為容器安裝部的溝槽74被提供以沿著容器主體33(Y、M、C、K)的縱向方向自插入孔部71延伸至容器蓋接收部73。用於各個顏色的碳粉容器32(Y、M、C、K)能夠在縱向方向中以滑動方式在溝槽74上移動。 As shown in Fig. 4, the container receiving portion 72 located in the toner container container 70 is divided into four portions in the width direction W perpendicular to the longitudinal direction (attachment/separation direction) of the toner container 32, and as The groove 74 as the container mounting portion shown in Fig. 9 is provided to extend from the insertion hole portion 71 to the container lid receiving portion 73 along the longitudinal direction of the container body 33 (Y, M, C, K). The toner containers 32 (Y, M, C, K) for the respective colors can be moved on the grooves 74 in a sliding manner in the longitudinal direction.

如第9圖所示,位於寬度方向W上之相對面的溝槽74的側面74a和74b上,導軌75被佈置成彼此面對。導軌75從各個側面74a和74b之寬度方向W上突出,在縱向方向上延伸,並且佈置在容器蓋接收部73的前部。導軌75通過裝配至滑動導軌361作為在第7圖所示的碳粉容器32側上的導引部而具有當碳粉容器32附接至印表機100(碳粉容器收納器70和碳粉填充裝置60)時導引作為開口的容器開口33a至作為容器接收部的容器設置部615的功能。導軌75的每一個被提供以當碳粉容器32附接至碳粉填充裝置60時與容器主體33的旋轉軸平行。 As shown in Fig. 9, on the side faces 74a and 74b of the grooves 74 on the opposite faces in the width direction W, the guide rails 75 are arranged to face each other. The guide rails 75 project from the width direction W of the respective side faces 74a and 74b, extend in the longitudinal direction, and are disposed at the front of the container cover receiving portion 73. The guide rail 75 has a toner container 32 attached to the printer 100 (toner container holder 70 and toner) by being fitted to the slide rail 361 as a guide on the toner container 32 side shown in FIG. The filling device 60) functions to guide the container opening 33a as an opening to the container setting portion 615 as a container receiving portion. Each of the guide rails 75 is provided to be parallel to the rotation axis of the container body 33 when the toner container 32 is attached to the toner filling device 60.

如第9圖所示,用於每一種顏色的設置蓋608位於容器蓋接收部73上。輸送噴嘴611位於設置蓋608的中心。輸送噴嘴 611被設置以自容器設置部615的端面615b朝向容器蓋接收部73內部的附接方向的上游側突出,其中端面615b位於附接方向的內側,容器設置部615位於碳粉容器32的附接方向的下游側。作為容器接收部的容器設置部615位於輸送噴嘴611的突出方向中,也就是說,朝向碳粉容器32的附接方向的上游側,以圍繞輸送噴嘴611。具體地,容器設置部615位於輸送噴嘴611的底部,並且作為定位器,以決定容器開口33a相對於碳粉容器收納器70的位置,其中,當碳粉容器32內部的旋轉輸送器旋轉以輸送碳粉容器32所包含的碳粉時,該容器開口33a用作為旋轉軸。即,當容器開口33a插入容器設置部615且與容器設置部615匹配時,容器開口33a的徑向位置被確定了。 As shown in Fig. 9, the setting cover 608 for each color is located on the container cover receiving portion 73. The conveying nozzle 611 is located at the center of the setting cover 608. Conveying nozzle 611 is provided to protrude from the end surface 615b of the container setting portion 615 toward the upstream side of the attachment direction inside the container cover receiving portion 73, wherein the end surface 615b is located inside the attachment direction, and the container setting portion 615 is located at the attachment of the toner container 32 The downstream side of the direction. The container setting portion 615 as the container receiving portion is located in the protruding direction of the conveying nozzle 611, that is, toward the upstream side of the attachment direction of the toner container 32 to surround the conveying nozzle 611. Specifically, the container setting portion 615 is located at the bottom of the conveying nozzle 611, and serves as a positioner to determine the position of the container opening 33a with respect to the toner container accommodator 70, wherein when the rotary conveyor inside the toner container 32 is rotated to convey In the case of the toner contained in the toner container 32, the container opening 33a serves as a rotating shaft. That is, when the container opening 33a is inserted into the container setting portion 615 and matched with the container setting portion 615, the radial position of the container opening 33a is determined.

當碳粉容器32附接至碳粉填充裝置60時,碳粉容器32的容器開口33a的外表面33b被滑動地匹配至容器設置部615。在容器設置部615的內表面615a上,接觸表面615d被提供在四個均等隔開的位置,其中該接觸表面615d為容器設置部615的內表面615a的一部分且在徑向上自容器設置部615的內表面615a向內突出。接觸表面615d和外表面33b隨著碳粉容器32的旋轉彼此滑動。 When the toner container 32 is attached to the toner filling device 60, the outer surface 33b of the container opening 33a of the toner container 32 is slidably matched to the container setting portion 615. On the inner surface 615a of the container setting portion 615, the contact surface 615d is provided at four equally spaced positions, wherein the contact surface 615d is a portion of the inner surface 615a of the container setting portion 615 and radially from the container setting portion 615 The inner surface 615a protrudes inward. The contact surface 615d and the outer surface 33b slide each other with the rotation of the toner container 32.

藉由容器設置部615的內表面615a與碳粉容器32的容器開口33a的外表面33b的匹配,碳粉容器32在垂直於碳粉容器32的縱向方向(附接/分離方向)的徑向上相對於碳粉填充裝置60的位置被確定了。此外,當碳粉容器32旋轉時,容器開口33a的外表面33b作用為旋轉軸,並且容器設置部615的內表面615a作用為軸承。在第8圖中,α表示容器開口33a的外表面33b與作為容器設置部615的內表面615a的一部分的接觸表面615d滑動接觸並且碳粉容器32相對於碳粉填充裝置60的徑向位置的位置同時被確定。 By the matching of the inner surface 615a of the container setting portion 615 with the outer surface 33b of the container opening 33a of the toner container 32, the toner container 32 is in the radial direction perpendicular to the longitudinal direction (attachment/separation direction) of the toner container 32. The position relative to the toner filling device 60 is determined. Further, when the toner container 32 is rotated, the outer surface 33b of the container opening 33a acts as a rotating shaft, and the inner surface 615a of the container setting portion 615 functions as a bearing. In Fig. 8, α denotes that the outer surface 33b of the container opening 33a is in sliding contact with the contact surface 615d which is a part of the inner surface 615a of the container setting portion 615 and the radial position of the toner container 32 with respect to the toner filling device 60 The location is also determined at the same time.

在下面的描述中,重複地解釋了碳粉容器32的容器開口33a的外表面33b與容器設置部615以滑動方式彼此匹配。在精確意義上,匹配狀態是碳粉容器32的容器開口33a的外表面33b 與在容器設置部615的內表面615a上提供的接觸表面615d接觸的狀態。在下文中,為了簡化說明,匹配將藉由省略接觸表面615d被稱為匹配容器開口33a的外表面33b與容器設置部615的內表面615a。 In the following description, it is repeatedly explained that the outer surface 33b of the container opening 33a of the toner container 32 and the container setting portion 615 are slidably matched to each other. In a precise sense, the mating state is the outer surface 33b of the container opening 33a of the toner container 32. A state in contact with the contact surface 615d provided on the inner surface 615a of the container setting portion 615. Hereinafter, for simplification of the description, the matching will be referred to as the outer surface 33b of the matching container opening 33a and the inner surface 615a of the container setting portion 615 by omitting the contact surface 615d.

如第9圖所示,孔608d被提供以在設置蓋608的寬度方向W上彼此面對。在設置蓋608上,填充裝置接合部件78(將在下面描述)被放置以能夠經由孔608d自外表面至設置蓋608的內表面608c側往復移動。該填充裝置接合部件78通過偏壓裝置如扭力螺旋彈簧782自設置蓋608的外側加偏壓至內側。 As shown in FIG. 9, the holes 608d are provided to face each other in the width direction W of the setting cover 608. On the setting cover 608, a filling device engaging member 78 (which will be described below) is placed to be reciprocally movable from the outer surface to the inner surface 608c side of the setting cover 608 via the hole 608d. The filling device engaging member 78 is biased from the outside of the setting cover 608 to the inner side by a biasing means such as a torsion coil spring 782.

碳粉容器32將在下面描述。如第7圖所示,碳粉容器32主要包括:包含碳粉的容器主體33,並且包括容器前端蓋34。 容器主體33是呈近似柱狀的形式,並且圍繞柱狀的中心軸作為旋轉軸旋轉。在下文中,在碳粉容器32的縱向方向中接收開口331被設置在碳粉容器32的一側(其中容器前端蓋34被安排在該側)可以被稱為“容器前端”。夾具303被設置在碳粉容器32的另一側(與容器前端相對的一側)可以被稱為“容器後端”。當碳粉容器32附接至碳粉填充裝置60時,碳粉容器32的縱向方向是旋轉軸方向,並且對應於水平方向。容器主體33相對於容器齒輪301的容器後端具有大於容器前端的外徑,並且螺旋肋302被提供在容器主體33的內表面上。當容器主體33以圖式的箭頭A方向旋轉時,用於在旋轉軸方向中自一端(容器後端)移動碳粉至另一端(容器前端)的輸送力由於螺旋肋302的作用被施加至容器主體33中的碳粉。 The toner container 32 will be described below. As shown in Fig. 7, the toner container 32 mainly includes a container main body 33 containing toner, and includes a container front end cover 34. The container body 33 is in the form of an approximately columnar shape and rotates around the central axis of the column as a rotation axis. Hereinafter, the receiving opening 331 is disposed on one side of the toner container 32 in the longitudinal direction of the toner container 32 (where the container front end cover 34 is arranged on the side) may be referred to as a "container front end". The jig 303 is disposed on the other side of the toner container 32 (the side opposite to the front end of the container) may be referred to as a "container rear end". When the toner container 32 is attached to the toner filling device 60, the longitudinal direction of the toner container 32 is the rotation axis direction, and corresponds to the horizontal direction. The container body 33 has an outer diameter larger than the container rear end with respect to the container gear 301, and the spiral ribs 302 are provided on the inner surface of the container body 33. When the container main body 33 is rotated in the direction of the arrow A in the drawing, the conveying force for moving the toner from one end (the rear end of the container) to the other end (the front end of the container) in the direction of the rotation axis is applied to the screw rib 302 by the action of the spiral rib 302 The toner in the container body 33.

如第8圖所示,鏟部304被提供在容器主體33的容器前端的內壁上,其中該鏟部304隨著容器主體33以圖式中箭頭A方向的旋轉藉由螺旋肋302舀起輸送至容器前端的碳粉。鏟部304的每一個藉由使用鏟壁面304f隨著容器主體33的旋轉鏟起已經被螺旋肋302的輸送力輸送的碳粉。因此,碳粉可以被鏟起以使其置於插入的輸送噴嘴611之上。如第1圖和第8圖所示,例如, 與螺旋肋302類似,鏟部的螺旋肋304a在鏟部304的每一個的內表面上形成為螺旋形狀,以輸送位於內部的碳粉。 As shown in Fig. 8, the shovel portion 304 is provided on the inner wall of the container front end of the container body 33, wherein the shovel portion 304 is picked up by the spiral rib 302 as the container body 33 rotates in the direction of the arrow A in the drawing. The toner delivered to the front of the container. Each of the shovel portions 304 scoops up the toner that has been transported by the conveying force of the spiral ribs 302 by the rotation of the container body 33 by using the shovel wall surface 304f. Therefore, the toner can be scooped up to be placed over the inserted delivery nozzle 611. As shown in Figures 1 and 8, for example, Similar to the spiral rib 302, the spiral rib 304a of the shovel portion is formed in a spiral shape on the inner surface of each of the shovel portions 304 to convey the toner located inside.

如第7圖和第8圖所示,容器齒輪301設置在相對於容器主體33上的鏟部304的容器前側上。齒輪暴露開口34a位於容器前端蓋34上,使得當容器前端蓋34附接至容器主體33時,可以暴露容器齒輪301的一部分。當碳粉容器32附接至碳粉填充裝置60時,自齒輪暴露開口34a暴露的容器齒輪301與碳粉填充裝置60的容器驅動齒輪601嚙合。容器齒輪301係設置在相對於在容器主體33的縱向方向上噴嘴孔610的容器開口33a側(靠近容器開口33a),以使容器齒輪301可以與容器驅動齒輪601嚙合。容器齒輪301與容器驅動齒輪601嚙合,從而旋轉該旋轉輸送器。 As shown in FIGS. 7 and 8, the container gear 301 is disposed on the front side of the container with respect to the shovel portion 304 on the container body 33. The gear exposed opening 34a is located on the container front end cover 34 such that when the container front end cover 34 is attached to the container body 33, a portion of the container gear 301 can be exposed. When the toner container 32 is attached to the toner filling device 60, the container gear 301 exposed from the gear exposure opening 34a is engaged with the container driving gear 601 of the toner filling device 60. The container gear 301 is disposed on the container opening 33a side (close to the container opening 33a) with respect to the nozzle hole 610 in the longitudinal direction of the container main body 33, so that the container gear 301 can be engaged with the container driving gear 601. The container gear 301 meshes with the container drive gear 601 to rotate the rotary conveyor.

呈柱狀形式的容器開口33a係設置在相對於容器主體33的容器齒輪301的容器前側上,以與容器齒輪301同軸。如第1圖和第8圖所示,噴嘴接收器330的噴嘴接收器附接部337被壓配至容器開口33a,以與容器開口33a同軸,以使噴嘴接收器330固定至容器主體33。碳粉容器32被配置以使碳粉自作為提供在容器主體33的一端上的開口的容器開口33a填充,此後,噴嘴接收器330附接至容器主體33的容器開口33a。 The container opening 33a in the form of a column is disposed on the front side of the container with respect to the container gear 301 of the container body 33 to be coaxial with the container gear 301. As shown in FIGS. 1 and 8, the nozzle receiver attachment portion 337 of the nozzle receiver 330 is press-fitted to the container opening 33a to be coaxial with the container opening 33a to fix the nozzle receiver 330 to the container body 33. The toner container 32 is configured to fill the toner from the container opening 33a as an opening provided on one end of the container body 33, after which the nozzle receiver 330 is attached to the container opening 33a of the container body 33.

如第7圖所示,作為限流器的蓋鉤塞306被提供在容器主體33的容器開口33a與容器齒輪301之間。蓋鉤塞306在附接方向上容器前端蓋34的前端上具有在旋轉方向(圓周方向)上延伸的環狀。蓋鉤塞306的至少一部分設置有開口3061(將在下面參考第11A圖至第11C圖和第12圖進行描述),其每一個在垂直於圓周方向的方向中用作為通道的缺口或切口。即,蓋鉤塞306被設置為圍繞容器開口33a的外表面。在本實施例中,垂直於圓周方向的方向是縱向方向(附接/分離方向)。 As shown in Fig. 7, a cover hook 306 as a restrictor is provided between the container opening 33a of the container body 33 and the container gear 301. The cover hook 306 has an annular shape extending in the rotational direction (circumferential direction) on the front end of the container front end cover 34 in the attachment direction. At least a portion of the cover hook 306 is provided with an opening 3061 (which will be described below with reference to FIGS. 11A to 11C and 12), each of which serves as a notch or slit of the passage in a direction perpendicular to the circumferential direction. That is, the cover hook 306 is disposed to surround the outer surface of the container opening 33a. In the present embodiment, the direction perpendicular to the circumferential direction is the longitudinal direction (attach/separation direction).

容器前端蓋34自容器前端(自第8圖中的左下側)附接至碳粉容器32(容器主體33)。因此,容器主體33在縱向方向中穿過容器前端蓋34,並且作為突起的蓋鉤340與作為限流器的 蓋鉤塞306接合。容器主體33和容器前端蓋34附接,以當蓋鉤340與蓋鉤塞306接合時彼此相對旋轉。蓋鉤340由樹脂材料製成。 The container front end cover 34 is attached to the toner container 32 (container main body 33) from the front end of the container (from the lower left side in Fig. 8). Therefore, the container body 33 passes through the container front end cover 34 in the longitudinal direction, and serves as a protruding cover hook 340 and as a restrictor. The cover hooks 306 are engaged. The container body 33 and the container front end cover 34 are attached to rotate relative to each other when the cover hook 340 is engaged with the cover hook 306. The cover hook 340 is made of a resin material.

蓋鉤塞306和蓋鉤340的結構將參考第11A圖至第11C圖和第12圖描述。如上所述,作為提供在容器主體33上的限流器的蓋鉤塞306包括:開口3061,其中在垂直於旋轉方向的容器主體33的附接/分離方向中,位於容器前端蓋34上的蓋鉤340通過該開口3061。 The structure of the cover hook 306 and the cover hook 340 will be described with reference to Figs. 11A to 11C and Fig. 12. As described above, the cover hook 306 as the restrictor provided on the container main body 33 includes an opening 3061 in which the container front end cover 34 is located in the attachment/detachment direction of the container main body 33 perpendicular to the rotational direction. A cover hook 340 passes through the opening 3061.

在附接方向Q中容器前端蓋34的前表面34c上,提供作為貫通孔的孔34d,其穿過容器主體33的附接/分離方向並且容器開口33a插入於其中。蓋鉤340被提供以使前端340A朝向孔34d的中心突出。如第11B圖的虛線圓圈34e所示,前端340A的尖端相對於孔34d的外周向內突出。 On the front surface 34c of the container front end cover 34 in the attachment direction Q, a hole 34d as a through hole is provided which passes through the attachment/detachment direction of the container main body 33 and into which the container opening 33a is inserted. A cover hook 340 is provided to protrude the front end 340A toward the center of the hole 34d. As indicated by the broken line circle 34e of Fig. 11B, the tip end of the front end 340A protrudes inward with respect to the outer circumference of the hole 34d.

開口3061是當容器主體33相對於容器前端蓋34旋轉時蓋鉤340在附接/分離方向中通過的開口。在第一實施例中,三個開口3061係設置在在旋轉方向之蓋鉤塞306上。開口3061被排列以使圓周方向中開口3061之間的間隙與圓周方向中蓋鉤340之間的間隙一致。在第一實施例中,三個蓋鉤340和三個開口3061被提供在旋轉方向中。然而,提供至少一個蓋鉤340和一個開口3061就足夠。第11C圖示出了自如第11A圖所示蓋鉤340未插入蓋鉤塞306的狀態至蓋鉤340插入蓋鉤塞306的狀態。如第11C圖所示,前表面34c的中心側表面與蓋鉤塞306的側表面彼此面對。蓋鉤340係比前表面34c(在第11B圖中,相對於前表面34c朝向後側凹陷)更薄,並且蓋鉤340和蓋鉤塞306在附接方向Q中彼此面對。因此,在附接方向Q和分離方向Q1中容器前端蓋34相對於容器主體33的移動受到限制。該限制包括允許蓋鉤340在第11C圖中在附接方向Q和分離方向Q1中在蓋鉤塞306與容器齒輪301之間移動。因此,容器主體33變得可相對於容器前端蓋34旋轉。 The opening 3061 is an opening through which the cover hook 340 passes in the attaching/detaching direction when the container body 33 is rotated relative to the container front end cover 34. In the first embodiment, three openings 3061 are provided on the cover hook 306 in the rotational direction. The openings 3061 are arranged such that the gap between the openings 3061 in the circumferential direction coincides with the gap between the cover hooks 340 in the circumferential direction. In the first embodiment, three cover hooks 340 and three openings 3061 are provided in the rotational direction. However, it is sufficient to provide at least one cover hook 340 and one opening 3061. Fig. 11C shows a state in which the cover hook 340 is not inserted into the cover hook 306 as shown in Fig. 11A, and the cover hook 340 is inserted into the cover hook 306. As shown in FIG. 11C, the center side surface of the front surface 34c and the side surface of the cover hook 306 face each other. The cover hook 340 is thinner than the front surface 34c (in the FIG. 11B, recessed toward the rear side with respect to the front surface 34c), and the cover hook 340 and the cover hook 306 face each other in the attachment direction Q. Therefore, the movement of the container front end cover 34 with respect to the container main body 33 in the attachment direction Q and the separation direction Q1 is restricted. This limitation includes allowing the cover hook 340 to move between the cover hook 306 and the container gear 301 in the attachment direction Q and the separation direction Q1 in FIG. 11C. Therefore, the container body 33 becomes rotatable relative to the container front end cover 34.

在第一實施例中,「旋轉方向A」是容器前端蓋34相對於附接至影印機500(碳粉填充裝置60和碳粉容器收納器70)的 碳粉容器32中容器主體33旋轉的方向,「附接旋轉方向R」是當容器前端蓋34附接至容器主體33時容器前端蓋34(蓋鉤340)相對於容器主體33旋轉的方向。三個蓋鉤340和三個開口3061分別具有相同結構。因此,單一蓋鉤340和單一開口3061的結構和操作將在下面描述為代表示例。蓋鉤塞306的外徑大於中心處的孔34d的內徑。 In the first embodiment, the "rotation direction A" is the container front end cover 34 with respect to attachment to the photocopier 500 (toner filling device 60 and toner container holder 70). In the direction in which the container body 33 is rotated in the toner container 32, the "attachment rotation direction R" is a direction in which the container front end cover 34 (cover hook 340) is rotated with respect to the container body 33 when the container front end cover 34 is attached to the container body 33. The three cover hooks 340 and the three openings 3061 have the same structure, respectively. Therefore, the structure and operation of the single cover hook 340 and the single opening 3061 will be described below as representative examples. The outer diameter of the cover hook 306 is larger than the inner diameter of the hole 34d at the center.

容器主體33和容器齒輪301可以一體成型。或者,容器主體33和容器齒輪301可以取決於用在容器主體33的樹脂材料獨立地形成。在此情況下,如第12圖所示,蓋鉤塞306形成在容器齒輪301上,開口3061形成在容器齒輪301上的蓋鉤塞306上,並且容器齒輪301以一體成型方式附接至容器主體33。 The container body 33 and the container gear 301 may be integrally formed. Alternatively, the container body 33 and the container gear 301 may be independently formed depending on the resin material used in the container body 33. In this case, as shown in Fig. 12, a cover hook 306 is formed on the container gear 301, an opening 3061 is formed on the cover hook 306 on the container gear 301, and the container gear 301 is attached to the container in an integrally formed manner. Main body 33.

如第7圖所示,在碳粉容器32的容器前端蓋34上,作為導引部的滑動導軌361被提供在寬度方向W中的下部,其中滑動導軌361限制附接的碳粉容器32,在除了附接方向之外的方向中移動,藉此當碳粉容器32附接至印表機100時導引容器開口33a至容器設置部615。在第7圖中,僅將滑動導軌361的其中之一說明。滑動導軌361的每一個包括:一溝槽,在容器主體33的縱向方向中延伸。滑動導軌361被配置以使在如第9圖所示容器接收部72的溝槽74上成對提供的導軌75插入各自溝槽中且在垂直方向中被包夾。因此,當碳粉容器32附接至印表機100(碳粉填充裝置60和碳粉容器收納器70)時,在與垂直方向Z垂直的寬度方向W和分離方向Q1中滑動導軌361作用為容器前端蓋34的定位器。 As shown in Fig. 7, on the container front end cover 34 of the toner container 32, a slide rail 361 as a guide portion is provided at a lower portion in the width direction W, wherein the slide rail 361 restricts the attached toner container 32, The movement is in a direction other than the attachment direction, thereby guiding the container opening 33a to the container setting portion 615 when the toner container 32 is attached to the printer 100. In Fig. 7, only one of the slide rails 361 is explained. Each of the slide rails 361 includes a groove extending in the longitudinal direction of the container body 33. The slide rails 361 are configured such that the guide rails 75 provided in pairs on the grooves 74 of the container receiving portion 72 as shown in Fig. 9 are inserted into the respective grooves and sandwiched in the vertical direction. Therefore, when the toner container 32 is attached to the printer 100 (the toner filling device 60 and the toner container accommodator 70), the slide rail 361 functions as the sliding guide 361 in the width direction W and the separation direction Q1 perpendicular to the vertical direction Z. The locator of the front end cover 34 of the container.

如第7圖所示,在寬度方向W中容器接合部339被提供在容器前端蓋34的表面上,以確定縱向方向(附接/分離方向)中碳粉容器32相對於碳粉填充裝置60的位置。在第7圖中,說明容器接合部339的僅其中之一。當碳粉容器32附接至碳粉填充裝置60時,位於設置蓋608上的填充裝置接合部件78(參考第9圖和第10圖)與容器接合部339接合。 As shown in Fig. 7, the container joint portion 339 is provided on the surface of the container front end cover 34 in the width direction W to determine the toner container 32 with respect to the toner filling device 60 in the longitudinal direction (attachment/separation direction). s position. In Fig. 7, only one of the container joints 339 is illustrated. When the toner container 32 is attached to the toner filling device 60, the filling device engaging member 78 (refer to FIGS. 9 and 10) located on the setting cover 608 is engaged with the container engaging portion 339.

如第7圖所示,容器接合部339的每一個包括:一導引突起339a;一導引溝槽339b;一凸塊339c;以及一接合開口339d,作為軸向限流器。一對容器接合部339被放置以使其位於容器前端蓋34的左側和右側。即,接合開口339d位於橫過容器開口33a的中心的左側和右側上。導引突起339a的每一個被提供在容器前端蓋34的容器前端上,且位於垂直於碳粉容器32的縱向方向的垂直平面和通過容器主體33的旋轉軸的水平平面。導引突起339a的每一個包括:一傾斜表面,鄰近於導引溝槽339b的每一個,以使其與填充裝置接合部件78接觸,以當附接碳粉容器32時導引填充裝置接合部件78至導引溝槽339b。導引溝槽339b是自容器前端蓋34的側表面凹陷的溝槽。 As shown in Fig. 7, each of the container engaging portions 339 includes: a guiding protrusion 339a; a guiding groove 339b; a projection 339c; and an engaging opening 339d as an axial restrictor. A pair of container joints 339 are placed such that they are located on the left and right sides of the container front end cover 34. That is, the joint opening 339d is located on the left and right sides across the center of the container opening 33a. Each of the guide protrusions 339a is provided on the container front end of the container front end cover 34, and is located in a vertical plane perpendicular to the longitudinal direction of the toner container 32 and a horizontal plane passing through the rotation axis of the container body 33. Each of the guiding protrusions 339a includes an inclined surface adjacent to each of the guiding grooves 339b to be brought into contact with the filling device engaging member 78 to guide the filling device engaging member when the toner container 32 is attached 78 to the guiding groove 339b. The guide groove 339b is a groove recessed from the side surface of the container front end cover 34.

導引溝槽339b的容器後端不是直接地連接至各自接合開口339d,而是終結,並且位於與容器前端蓋34的側表面相同的高度。即,具有約1mm的寬度的容器前端蓋34的外表面暴露在每一個導引溝槽339b與每一個四邊形接合開口339d之間,並且該部分作為凸塊339c。填充裝置接合部件78越過凸塊339c並且落在接合開口339d中,以使碳粉容器32和碳粉填充裝置60彼此接合。這種狀態是碳粉容器32的設置位置(設置狀態)。在本實施例中,填充裝置接合部件78被配置以落在容器接合部339的接合開口339d中。然而,作為容器接合部339的形狀,其中填充裝置接合部件78通過像接合開口339d一樣的孔狀或者如呈封閉狀的非穿透接合部的凹陷狀落在容器接合部339中以能夠在碳粉容器32與碳粉填充裝置60之間接合。 The container rear end of the guide groove 339b is not directly connected to the respective engagement opening 339d, but is terminated, and is located at the same height as the side surface of the container front end cover 34. That is, the outer surface of the container front end cover 34 having a width of about 1 mm is exposed between each of the guide grooves 339b and each of the quadrangular joint openings 339d, and this portion serves as the bump 339c. The filling device engagement member 78 passes over the projection 339c and falls into the engagement opening 339d to engage the toner container 32 and the toner filling device 60 with each other. This state is the set position (set state) of the toner container 32. In the present embodiment, the filling device engagement member 78 is configured to fall into the engagement opening 339d of the container engagement portion 339. However, as the shape of the container joint portion 339, in which the filling device engaging member 78 is dropped in the container joint portion 339 by a hole like the joint opening 339d or in a recessed shape such as a closed non-penetrating joint portion to enable carbon The powder container 32 is joined to the toner filling device 60.

如第10圖所示,驅動部件(容器旋轉部件)91經由容器驅動齒輪601輸入旋轉驅動至碳粉容器32的容器齒輪301。當驅動被輸入至容器齒輪301時,容器主體33的容器開口33a的外表面33b被用作為旋轉軸,容器設置部615的內表面615a被用作為軸承,以使附接或一體成型有容器齒輪301的容器主體33旋轉。在第一實施例中,容器齒輪301的旋轉中心被定位以使其與容器開口33a的軸線同軸。 As shown in Fig. 10, the driving member (container rotating member) 91 is input to the container gear 301 that is rotationally driven to the toner container 32 via the container driving gear 601. When the drive is input to the container gear 301, the outer surface 33b of the container opening 33a of the container body 33 is used as a rotating shaft, and the inner surface 615a of the container setting portion 615 is used as a bearing to attach or integrally form the container gear The container body 33 of 301 is rotated. In the first embodiment, the center of rotation of the container gear 301 is positioned such that it is coaxial with the axis of the container opening 33a.

在通過碳粉容器收納器70收納碳粉容器32的狀態(設置狀態)中,作為碳粉容器32的容器前端的容器開口33a的外表面33b被用作為旋轉軸,並且被碳粉容器32中容器設置部615的內表面615a支撐,容器接合部339的接合開口339d與填充裝置接合部件78接合。容器齒輪301位於容器接合部339與容器開口33a之間。 In the state (installation state) in which the toner container 32 is stored by the toner container container 70, the outer surface 33b of the container opening 33a which is the container front end of the toner container 32 is used as a rotating shaft, and is used by the toner container 32. The inner surface 615a of the container setting portion 615 is supported, and the joint opening 339d of the container joint portion 339 is engaged with the filling device engagement member 78. The container gear 301 is located between the container joint 339 and the container opening 33a.

下面將參考第7圖和第13圖至第19圖描述碳粉容器32的外觀。 The appearance of the toner container 32 will be described below with reference to Fig. 7 and Figs. 13 to 19.

當運輸碳粉容器32時,作為密封物以密封如第15圖所示容器開口33a的帽蓋307附接至如第13圖和第14圖所示容器前端上的容器開口33a。因此,可以防止在碳粉容器32的外部與內部之間不期望的連通,從而防止碳粉洩露,由於自空氣中吸收的水分進入碳粉導致的碳粉惡化等。 When the toner container 32 is transported, a cap 307 as a seal to seal the container opening 33a as shown in Fig. 15 is attached to the container opening 33a on the front end of the container as shown in Figs. 13 and 14. Therefore, undesired communication between the outside and the inside of the toner container 32 can be prevented, thereby preventing toner leakage, deterioration of toner due to entry of moisture absorbed from the air into the toner, and the like.

當第一次使用碳粉容器32時,首先拆卸如上所述的帽蓋307。第7圖、第13圖和第14圖說明瞭拆卸帽蓋307且暴露容器開口33a的狀態。 When the toner container 32 is used for the first time, the cap 307 as described above is first removed. Fig. 7, Fig. 13, and Fig. 14 illustrate a state in which the cap 307 is removed and the container opening 33a is exposed.

第13圖為自斜下方觀看的碳粉容器32的說明性立體圖。第14圖為第13圖所示之D-D區域的放大立體圖。第15圖為說明帽蓋307附接至第13圖所示碳粉容器32的狀態的說明性立體圖。第16圖為自容器前端蓋34側的視圖。第17A圖為第13圖所示碳粉容器32的平面圖。第17B圖為第13圖所示碳粉容器32的底視圖。第17C圖為第13圖所示碳粉容器32的右視圖。第17D圖為第13圖所示碳粉容器32的左視圖。第18A圖為第13圖所示碳粉容器32的後視圖。第18B圖為第13圖所示碳粉容器32的前視圖。 Fig. 13 is an explanatory perspective view of the toner container 32 viewed from obliquely below. Fig. 14 is an enlarged perspective view of the D-D area shown in Fig. 13. Fig. 15 is an explanatory perspective view showing a state in which the cap 307 is attached to the toner container 32 shown in Fig. 13. Fig. 16 is a view from the side of the front end cover 34 of the container. Fig. 17A is a plan view of the toner container 32 shown in Fig. 13. Fig. 17B is a bottom view of the toner container 32 shown in Fig. 13. Fig. 17C is a right side view of the toner container 32 shown in Fig. 13. Fig. 17D is a left side view of the toner container 32 shown in Fig. 13. Fig. 18A is a rear view of the toner container 32 shown in Fig. 13. Fig. 18B is a front view of the toner container 32 shown in Fig. 13.

在碳粉容器32的容器前端蓋34上,如第13圖至第16圖所示,除上述組件之外,排列有複數個識別溝槽3405至3414。在識別溝槽3411至3414中,如第16圖所示,識別溝槽3411至3414相對於通過碳粉容器32的旋轉中心的虛線E和蓋鉤340的肋341b被提供在容器前端蓋34的外表面的右側上。肋341b具有 當碳粉容器32附接至影印機500(碳粉填充裝置60和碳粉容器收納器70)時與碳粉容器收納器70的上部(上表面)滑動接觸並且穩定地保持碳粉容器32的姿勢的功能。此外,在識別溝槽3405至3414中,識別溝槽3405至3410相對於第16圖中的虛線E位於容器前端蓋34的外表面的左側。在第13圖、第14圖和第15圖中,未示出識別溝槽3411至3414的附圖標記,因為其在與圖式的紙張垂直的方向中位於後側。 On the container front end cover 34 of the toner container 32, as shown in Figs. 13 to 16, a plurality of identification grooves 3405 to 3414 are arranged in addition to the above components. In the identification grooves 3411 to 3414, as shown in Fig. 16, the identification grooves 3411 to 3414 are provided on the container front end cover 34 with respect to the broken line E passing through the center of rotation of the toner container 32 and the rib 341b of the cover hook 340. On the right side of the outer surface. Rib 341b has When the toner container 32 is attached to the photocopier 500 (the toner filling device 60 and the toner container accommodator 70), it is in sliding contact with the upper portion (upper surface) of the toner container accommodator 70 and stably holds the toner container 32. The function of the posture. Further, in the identification grooves 3405 to 3414, the identification grooves 3405 to 3410 are located on the left side of the outer surface of the container front end cover 34 with respect to the broken line E in Fig. 16. In Figs. 13, 14, and 15, the reference numerals identifying the grooves 3411 to 3414 are not shown because they are located on the rear side in the direction perpendicular to the sheet of the drawing.

在識別溝槽3405至3414中,識別溝槽3407、3409、3410、3411、3412、3414是在碳粉容器32的縱向方向(分離方向Q1)中自容器前端蓋34的前表面34c線性延伸的溝槽,並且被提供在容器前端蓋34的外表面34b上。此外,自前面觀看的識別溝槽3405、3406、3408、3413是相對於識別溝槽3407、3409、3410、3411、3412、3414自前表面34c朝向圖式中的後側淺淺地凹陷的凹部。具有近似與外表面34b的週邊相同高度的格狀肋位於每一個識別溝槽中。因此,容器前端蓋34的外表面34b的週邊的高度由於識別溝槽3405至3414和位於識別溝槽中的格狀肋在圓周方向中變化。識別溝槽中的格狀肋位於與碳粉的類型或者附接裝置的模型對應的位置。因此,藉由位於識別溝槽3405至3414中的格狀肋被提供在圓周方向中的位置的結合,形成與碳粉的類型或欲附接之裝置的模型對應的不規則形狀,並且格狀肋用於提供資訊如碳粉容器32的類型至影印機500(碳粉填充裝置60和碳粉容器收納器70)。 In the identification grooves 3405 to 3414, the identification grooves 3407, 3409, 3410, 3411, 3412, 3414 linearly extend from the front surface 34c of the container front end cover 34 in the longitudinal direction (separation direction Q1) of the toner container 32. The groove is provided on the outer surface 34b of the container front end cover 34. Further, the identification grooves 3405, 3406, 3408, and 3413 viewed from the front are recesses that are shallowly recessed from the front surface 34c toward the rear side in the drawing with respect to the identification grooves 3407, 3409, 3410, 3411, 3412, and 3414. Grid ribs having approximately the same height as the perimeter of the outer surface 34b are located in each of the identification grooves. Therefore, the height of the periphery of the outer surface 34b of the container front end cover 34 varies in the circumferential direction due to the identification grooves 3405 to 3414 and the lattice ribs located in the identification groove. The lattice ribs in the identification groove are located at a position corresponding to the type of toner or the model of the attachment device. Therefore, by the combination of the positions in which the lattice ribs located in the identification grooves 3405 to 3414 are provided in the circumferential direction, an irregular shape corresponding to the type of the toner or the model of the device to be attached is formed, and the lattice is formed The ribs are used to provide information such as the type of toner container 32 to the photocopier 500 (toner filling device 60 and toner container holder 70).

如第16圖所示,容器接合部339位於對稱位置,其相對於虛線E分離180度,並且具有當碳粉容器32附接至影印機500(碳粉填充裝置60和碳粉容器收納器70)時接合影印機500(碳粉填充裝置60和碳粉容器收納器70)與碳粉容器32的功能。 容器齒輪301具有在碳粉容器32附接至影印機500(碳粉填充裝置60和碳粉容器收納器70)之後與影印機500(碳粉填充裝置60和碳粉容器收納器70)上的齒輪601嚙合並且適當地且自動地旋轉碳粉容器32的柱狀容器主體33的功能。 As shown in Fig. 16, the container joint portion 339 is located at a symmetrical position, which is separated by 180 degrees with respect to the broken line E, and has a toner container 32 attached to the photocopier 500 (toner filling device 60 and toner container holder 70). The function of the photocopier container 500 (the toner filling device 60 and the toner container container 70) and the toner container 32 is joined. The container gear 301 has a photocopier container 32 attached to the photocopier 500 (toner filling device 60 and toner container accommodator 70) and the photocopier 500 (toner filling device 60 and toner container accommodator 70). The gear 601 meshes and appropriately and automatically rotates the function of the cylindrical container body 33 of the toner container 32.

第17A圖至第17D圖以及第18A圖和第18B圖為碳粉容器32的六面視圖。然而,容器前端蓋34的外部形狀根據碳粉的顏色或附接碳粉容器32的裝置而變化。因此,對於所有碳粉容器32而言,該六面視圖不相同。 17A to 17D and 18A and 18B are six side views of the toner container 32. However, the outer shape of the container front end cover 34 varies depending on the color of the toner or the means for attaching the toner container 32. Therefore, the six-sided view is different for all toner containers 32.

第19圖為與碳粉容器32的前端上的容器前端蓋34分離的容器主體33的說明性立體圖。如第19圖所示,與螺旋肋302類似,螺旋形狀的螺旋肋304a被提供在鏟部304的內周上,以輸送位於內部的碳粉。 Fig. 19 is an explanatory perspective view of the container body 33 separated from the container front end cover 34 on the front end of the toner container 32. As shown in Fig. 19, similar to the spiral rib 302, a spiral-shaped spiral rib 304a is provided on the inner circumference of the shovel portion 304 to convey the toner located inside.

下面將描述附接至容器主體33的噴嘴接收器330。 The nozzle receiver 330 attached to the container body 33 will be described below.

如第20圖至第22圖所示,噴嘴接收器330位於碳粉容器32上,並且包括作為噴嘴插入開口的接收開口331。用於輸送自影像形成裝置中碳粉容器32供應的碳粉的輸送噴嘴611被插入在接收開口331中。噴嘴接收器330包括:容器擋門332,作為開啟/閉合部件;一容器密封物333,作為密封物;一容器擋門支撐器334,作為支撐器;一容器擋門彈簧336,作為偏壓部件;以及噴嘴接收器附接部337。容器擋門332以往復運動方式被插入在容器擋門支撐器334且被容器擋門支撐器334支撐,以移動至開啟位置,以通過壓按插入的輸送噴嘴611開啟接收開口331,並且移動至閉合位置以通過去除輸送噴嘴611關閉接收開口331。即,容器擋門支撐器334支撐容器擋門332以導引移動至開啟位置和閉合位置。容器擋門彈簧336是線圈彈簧,其位於容器擋門支撐器334內部並且朝向閉合位置偏壓容器擋門332。 As shown in Figs. 20 to 22, the nozzle receiver 330 is located on the toner container 32, and includes a receiving opening 331 as a nozzle insertion opening. A conveying nozzle 611 for conveying the toner supplied from the toner container 32 in the image forming apparatus is inserted in the receiving opening 331. The nozzle receiver 330 includes: a container shutter 332 as an opening/closing member; a container seal 333 as a seal; a container shutter support 334 as a support; and a container shutter spring 336 as a biasing member And a nozzle receiver attachment portion 337. The container shutter 332 is inserted into the container shutter support 334 in a reciprocating manner and supported by the container shutter support 334 to be moved to the open position to open the receiving opening 331 by pressing the inserted delivery nozzle 611, and moved to The closed position is to close the receiving opening 331 by removing the delivery nozzle 611. That is, the container door support 334 supports the container door 332 to guide movement to the open position and the closed position. The container door spring 336 is a coil spring that is located inside the container door support 334 and biases the container door 332 toward the closed position.

容器擋門支撐器334包括:一擋門後端支撐部335,作為擋門後部;一對擋門側支撐部335a,作為擋門側部;擋門支撐部335b的開口,作為側部開口;以及噴嘴接收器附接部337。擋門側支撐部335a被排列以使其彼此面對,並且沿容器擋門332的移動方向延伸。擋門側支撐部335a的一端通過擋門後端支撐部335連接,另一端連接至柱狀噴嘴接收器附接部337。擋門側支撐部335a和擋門支撐部335b的開口彼此相鄰地排列在碳粉容器的旋轉方向中。即,容器擋門支撐器334具有與自噴嘴接收器附接部337 側至擋門後端支撐部335的擋門側支撐部335a對應的柱狀部沿容器擋門332的移動方向被垂直切割並且擋門支撐部335b的開口被提供在切割部中的形狀。容器擋門支撐器334被配置以使容器擋門332可以在間隙S1中沿輸送噴嘴611的插入方向移動。間隙S1被對擋門側支撐部335a、擋門後端支撐部335、以及噴嘴接收器附接部337包圍。換言之,容器擋門支撐器334被配置以能夠導引容器擋門332的移動至開啟位置以開啟接收開口331,以及至閉合位置以關閉接收開口331。 The container door supporter 334 includes: a door rear end support portion 335 as a door rear portion; a pair of door side support portions 335a as a door side portion; an opening of the door door support portion 335b as a side opening; And a nozzle receiver attachment portion 337. The door side support portions 335a are arranged to face each other and extend in the moving direction of the container shutter 332. One end of the door side support portion 335a is connected by the door rear end support portion 335, and the other end is connected to the columnar nozzle receiver attachment portion 337. The openings of the shutter side support portion 335a and the shutter support portion 335b are arranged adjacent to each other in the rotation direction of the toner container. That is, the container shutter support 334 has a self-nozzle receiver attachment portion 337 The columnar portion corresponding to the door side support portion 335a of the side door rear end support portion 335 is vertically cut in the moving direction of the container shutter 332 and the opening of the door support portion 335b is provided in the shape of the cut portion. The container shutter support 334 is configured such that the container shutter 332 can move in the insertion direction of the conveying nozzle 611 in the gap S1. The gap S1 is surrounded by the door side support portion 335a, the door rear end support portion 335, and the nozzle receiver attachment portion 337. In other words, the container door support 334 is configured to be able to guide the movement of the container door 332 to the open position to open the receiving opening 331 and to the closed position to close the receiving opening 331.

如第23圖所示,當容器主體33旋轉時,附接至容器主體33的噴嘴接收器330隨著容器主體33旋轉。此時,噴嘴接收器330的擋門側支撐部335a圍繞碳粉填充裝置60的輸送噴嘴611旋轉。因此,正在旋轉的擋門側支撐部335a交替地通過剛好在提供於輸送噴嘴611的上側中的噴嘴孔610的上方的間隙。因此,即使碳粉被瞬間地累積在噴嘴孔610上方,因為擋門側支撐部335a橫過累積的碳粉且緩解累積,其變為可以防止當不使用裝置時累積的碳粉的凝聚以及防止當重新使用裝置時碳粉輸送失敗。相反地,當擋門側支撐部335a位於輸送噴嘴611的一側時,噴嘴孔610和擋門支撐部335b的開口彼此面對,容器主體33中的碳粉如第8圖中箭頭β所示被供應至輸送噴嘴611。 As shown in Fig. 23, when the container body 33 is rotated, the nozzle receiver 330 attached to the container body 33 rotates with the container body 33. At this time, the door side support portion 335a of the nozzle receiver 330 is rotated around the conveying nozzle 611 of the toner filling device 60. Therefore, the shutter side support portion 335a that is rotating alternately passes through the gap just above the nozzle hole 610 provided in the upper side of the conveying nozzle 611. Therefore, even if the toner is instantaneously accumulated above the nozzle hole 610, since the door side support portion 335a traverses the accumulated toner and alleviates the accumulation, it becomes possible to prevent the aggregation of the toner accumulated and the prevention when the device is not used. The toner delivery failed when the device was reused. Conversely, when the door side support portion 335a is located at one side of the conveying nozzle 611, the openings of the nozzle hole 610 and the door supporting portion 335b face each other, and the toner in the container main body 33 is as indicated by an arrow β in Fig. 8. It is supplied to the conveying nozzle 611.

如第22圖所示,容器擋門332包括:一前部柱狀部332c,作為閉合之用;一滑動區域332d;一導引桿332e,作為加長部;以及擋門鉤332a。前部柱狀部332c是被緊緊地安裝至容器密封物333的柱狀開口(接收開口331)的容器前端部。滑動區域332d是作為滑動部或密封部的柱狀部,其被相對於前部柱狀部332c提供在容器後端。滑動區域332d具有略微大於前部柱狀部332c的外徑,在該對擋門側支撐部335a的內表面上滑動,並且密封接收開口331。 As shown in Fig. 22, the container shutter 332 includes a front cylindrical portion 332c for closing, a sliding portion 332d, a guiding rod 332e as an elongated portion, and a shutter hook 332a. The front columnar portion 332c is a container front end portion that is tightly attached to the columnar opening (receiving opening 331) of the container seal 333. The sliding region 332d is a columnar portion as a sliding portion or a sealing portion that is provided at the rear end of the container with respect to the front cylindrical portion 332c. The sliding region 332d has an outer diameter slightly larger than the front cylindrical portion 332c, slides on the inner surface of the pair of door side supporting portions 335a, and seals the receiving opening 331.

導引桿332e是自前部柱狀部332c的柱狀的內側朝向容器後端直立的柱狀,並且提供一桿部,其防止當導引桿332e被插入至容器擋門彈簧336的線圈的內部時容器擋門彈簧336變形。 導引桿滑動部332g,作為平坦導引部,包括:一對平坦表面,其被提供在自導引桿332e的中間部橫過柱狀導引桿332e的中心軸的兩側。導引桿滑動部332g的容器後端被分為一對懸臂,如第21圖和第23圖所示。擋門鉤332a被提供在與導引桿332e直立的底部相對的懸臂的端部,並且形成鉤在容器擋門支撐器334上的接合部。擋門鉤332a和導引桿滑動部332g被插入在後端開口335d,該開口335d作為提供在擋門後端支撐部335上的貫通孔,該擋門鉤332a被鉤在後端開口335d,以使擋門鉤332a和導引桿滑動部332g作為一對鉤,以防止容器擋門332從容器擋門支撐器334脫落。 The guide rod 332e is a columnar shape that is erected from the columnar inner side of the front columnar portion 332c toward the rear end of the container, and provides a rod portion that prevents the guide rod 332e from being inserted into the inside of the coil of the container shutter spring 336 The container door spring 336 is deformed. The guide bar sliding portion 332g, as a flat guiding portion, includes a pair of flat surfaces provided at both sides of the central axis of the self-guide bar 332e across the central axis of the columnar guide bar 332e. The rear end of the container of the guide bar sliding portion 332g is divided into a pair of cantilevers as shown in Figs. 21 and 23. The door hook 332a is provided at the end of the cantilever opposite the bottom where the guide bar 332e is upright, and forms a joint hooked on the container door support 334. The door hook 332a and the guide bar sliding portion 332g are inserted in the rear end opening 335d as a through hole provided in the door rear end support portion 335, and the door hook 332a is hooked at the rear end opening 335d, The shutter hook 332a and the guide bar sliding portion 332g are used as a pair of hooks to prevent the container shutter 332 from coming off the container shutter support 334.

容器擋門彈簧336的前端抵接前部柱狀部332c的內壁面,容器擋門彈簧336的後端抵接內壁面335ca,該內壁面335ca是擋門後端支撐部335的相對表面。此時,容器擋門彈簧336處於壓縮狀態,以使容器擋門332在遠離擋門後端支撐部335的方向(在第22圖中至右側或者朝向容器前端)中接收偏壓力。然而,提供在容器擋門332的容器後端上的擋門鉤332a被鉤在擋門後端支撐部335的後端開口335d上。因此,防止容器擋門332在第22圖所示的狀態下在遠離擋門後端支撐部335的方向中進一步移動。 The front end of the container door spring 336 abuts against the inner wall surface of the front columnar portion 332c, and the rear end of the container door spring 336 abuts against the inner wall surface 335ca, which is the opposite surface of the door rear end support portion 335. At this time, the container shutter spring 336 is in a compressed state to receive the biasing force in the container shutter 332 in a direction away from the door rear end support portion 335 (in the 22nd to the right or toward the container front end). However, the door hook 332a provided on the container rear end of the container shutter 332 is hooked on the rear end opening 335d of the door rear end support portion 335. Therefore, the container shutter 332 is prevented from further moving in the direction away from the door rear end support portion 335 in the state shown in FIG.

由於擋門鉤332a與擋門後端支撐部335之間的鉤住狀態以及容器擋門彈簧336的偏壓力,確定容器擋門332的位置。 具體地,前部柱狀部332c和容器密封物333在軸向上的位置相對於容器擋門支撐器334被確定,兩者具有容器擋門332的碳粉洩露防止功能。因此,可以確定前部柱狀部332c和容器密封物333的位置,以使其可以彼此匹配,能夠防止碳粉洩露。 The position of the container shutter 332 is determined due to the hooking state between the door hook 332a and the door rear end support portion 335 and the biasing force of the container door spring 336. Specifically, the position of the front pillar portion 332c and the container seal 333 in the axial direction is determined with respect to the container shutter support 334, both of which have the toner leakage preventing function of the container shutter 332. Therefore, the positions of the front columnar portion 332c and the container seal 333 can be determined so that they can match each other, and toner leakage can be prevented.

如第22圖所示,噴嘴接收器附接部337是柱狀形式,其外徑和內徑被朝向容器後端以步進方式降低。該直徑被自容器前端至容器後端逐漸地降低。如第22圖所示,兩個外徑部(自容器前端以此順序定位的外表面AA和BB)被提供在外表面上,五個內徑部(自容器前端以此順序定位的內表面CC、DD、EE、FF和GG)被提供在內表面上。外表面上的外表面AA和BB通過在 其邊界上的錐形表面連接。類似地,內表面上的第四內徑部FF和第五內徑部GG通過在其邊界上的錐形表面連接。內表面上的內徑部FF和連接的錐形表面對應於下面描述的密封卡防止間隙337b,且這些表面的脊線對應於下面描述的五邊形截面側。 As shown in Fig. 22, the nozzle receiver attachment portion 337 is in the form of a column whose outer diameter and inner diameter are lowered in a stepwise manner toward the rear end of the container. This diameter is gradually reduced from the front end of the container to the rear end of the container. As shown in Fig. 22, two outer diameter portions (outer surfaces AA and BB positioned in this order from the front end of the container) are provided on the outer surface, and five inner diameter portions (the inner surface CC positioned in this order from the front end of the container) , DD, EE, FF, and GG) are provided on the inner surface. The outer surfaces AA and BB on the outer surface pass The tapered surface on the boundary is connected. Similarly, the fourth inner diameter portion FF and the fifth inner diameter portion GG on the inner surface are joined by a tapered surface on the boundary thereof. The inner diameter portion FF and the connected tapered surface on the inner surface correspond to the seal card preventing gap 337b described below, and the ridge lines of these surfaces correspond to the pentagonal cross-sectional side described below.

如第22圖所示,該對擋門側支撐部335a自噴嘴接收器附接部337突出,其彼此面對且具有通過在軸向上切割柱狀獲得的薄片狀。容器後側上的兩個擋門側支撐部335a的端部通過擋門後端支撐部335連接。噴嘴接收器附接部337包括內徑部GG,其是自前端的第五部分,作為具有與容器擋門332的滑動區域332d的直徑相同內徑的柱狀內表面。噴嘴接收器附接部337的第三內表面EE是虛擬週邊,其通過以45°等距隔開的噴嘴擋門定位肋337a的縱向尖端。具有四邊形柱狀(柱管形)橫截面(第22圖中剖視圖的橫截面)的容器密封物333被排列以對應於內表面EE。 容器密封物333被使用黏合劑、雙面膠等固定至連接第三內表面EE和第四內表面FF的垂直表面。與附接表面(第22圖中的右側)相對的容器密封物333的暴露表面用作為柱狀噴嘴接收器附接部337的柱狀開口(容器開口)的內底部。 As shown in Fig. 22, the pair of door side support portions 335a protrude from the nozzle receiver attachment portion 337, which face each other and have a sheet shape obtained by cutting a columnar shape in the axial direction. The ends of the two door side support portions 335a on the rear side of the container are connected by the door rear end support portion 335. The nozzle receiver attachment portion 337 includes an inner diameter portion GG which is a fifth portion from the front end as a cylindrical inner surface having the same inner diameter as the diameter of the sliding portion 332d of the container shutter 332. The third inner surface EE of the nozzle receiver attachment portion 337 is a virtual perimeter that positions the longitudinal tip of the rib 337a by a nozzle door that is equally spaced at 45[deg.]. A container seal 333 having a quadrangular columnar (columnar tubular) cross section (a cross section of the cross-sectional view in Fig. 22) is arranged to correspond to the inner surface EE. The container seal 333 is fixed to a vertical surface connecting the third inner surface EE and the fourth inner surface FF using an adhesive, a double-sided tape or the like. The exposed surface of the container seal 333 opposite to the attachment surface (the right side in Fig. 22) serves as the inner bottom of the columnar opening (container opening) of the cylindrical nozzle receiver attachment portion 337.

此外,如第22圖所示,密封卡防止間隙337b(卡防止間隙)被提供以對應於噴嘴接收器附接部337的內表面FF和連接的錐形表面。該密封卡防止間隙337b是由三個不同部分包圍的環狀密封間隙。具體地,密封卡防止間隙337b是由噴嘴接收器附接部337的內表面(第四內表面FF和連接的錐形表面)、容器密封物333的附接側上的垂直表面、以及自前部柱狀部332c至容器擋門332的滑動區域332d的外表面包圍的環狀間隙。環狀間隙的橫截面是五邊形的形式。噴嘴接收器附接部337的內表面與容器密封物333的端面之間的角度以及容器擋門332的外表面與容器密封物333的端面之間的角度是90°。 Further, as shown in Fig. 22, the seal card preventing gap 337b (card preventing gap) is provided to correspond to the inner surface FF of the nozzle receiver attaching portion 337 and the connected tapered surface. The seal prevents the gap 337b from being an annular seal gap surrounded by three different portions. Specifically, the seal card preventing gap 337b is the inner surface (the fourth inner surface FF and the connected tapered surface) of the nozzle receiver attachment portion 337, the vertical surface on the attachment side of the container seal 333, and the front portion The cylindrical portion 332c is an annular gap surrounded by the outer surface of the sliding region 332d of the container shutter 332. The cross section of the annular gap is in the form of a pentagon. The angle between the inner surface of the nozzle receiver attachment portion 337 and the end surface of the container seal 333 and the angle between the outer surface of the container shutter 332 and the end surface of the container seal 333 are 90°.

下面將描述密封卡防止間隙337b的功能。當容器擋門332自接收開口331被容器擋門332關閉的狀態朝向容器後端移動時,容器密封物333的內表面滑動抵接容器擋門332的前部柱狀 部332c。因此,容器密封物333的內表面被容器擋門332拉動且彈性變形,以朝向容器後端移動。此時,如果不提供密封卡防止間隙337b且自第三內表面延續的垂直表面(容器密封物333的附接表面)連接至第五內表面GG以使其彼此垂直,可能出現下面的情形。具體地,容器密封物333的彈性變形部可能在滑動抵接容器擋門332的噴嘴接收器附接部337的內表面與容器擋門332的外表面之間被卡住,從而導致引起卡紙。如果容器密封物333被卡在噴嘴接收器附接部337與容器擋門332彼此滑動抵接的部分,即,在前部柱狀部332c與內表面GG之間,容器擋門332被牢固地附接至噴嘴接收器附接部337,以使接收開口331可能不能被開啟和關閉。 The function of the seal card preventing gap 337b will be described below. When the container shutter 332 moves toward the rear end of the container from the state in which the receiving opening 331 is closed by the container shutter 332, the inner surface of the container seal 333 slides against the front column of the container shutter 332. Part 332c. Therefore, the inner surface of the container seal 333 is pulled by the container shutter 332 and elastically deformed to move toward the rear end of the container. At this time, if the seal card preventing gap 337b is not provided and the vertical surface (attachment surface of the container seal 333) continuing from the third inner surface is connected to the fifth inner surface GG so as to be perpendicular to each other, the following may occur. Specifically, the elastic deformation portion of the container seal 333 may be caught between the inner surface of the nozzle receiver attachment portion 337 of the sliding abutment container shutter 332 and the outer surface of the container shutter 332, thereby causing a paper jam. . If the container seal 333 is caught in a portion where the nozzle receiver attachment portion 337 and the container shutter 332 slide against each other, that is, between the front columnar portion 332c and the inner surface GG, the container shutter 332 is securely Attached to the nozzle receiver attachment portion 337 such that the receiving opening 331 may not be opened and closed.

相反地,根據第一實施例中的噴嘴接收器330在其內部區域被提供有密封卡防止間隙337b。該密封卡防止間隙337b的內徑(內表面EE和連接的錐形表面的每一個的內徑)小於容器密封物333的外徑。因此,整個容器密封物333可能幾乎不能進入密封卡防止間隙337b。此外,被容器擋門332拉動的彈性變形的容器密封物333的區域被限制,容器密封物333可以在容器密封物333到達內表面GG且被卡在內表面GG之前通過其自身的彈性恢復。具有這種作用,可以防止接收開口331由於在容器擋門332與噴嘴接收器附接部337之間的附接狀態而不能被打開和關閉的情形。 In contrast, the nozzle receiver 330 according to the first embodiment is provided with a seal card preventing gap 337b in its inner region. The seal prevents the inner diameter of the gap 337b (the inner diameter of each of the inner surface EE and the connected tapered surface) from being smaller than the outer diameter of the container seal 333. Therefore, the entire container seal 333 may hardly enter the seal card preventing gap 337b. Furthermore, the area of the elastically deformed container seal 333 that is pulled by the container door 332 is limited, and the container seal 333 can be restored by its own elasticity before the container seal 333 reaches the inner surface GG and is caught on the inner surface GG. With such an effect, it is possible to prevent the receiving opening 331 from being opened and closed due to the attached state between the container shutter 332 and the nozzle receiver attaching portion 337.

如第20圖和第22圖所示,多個噴嘴擋門定位肋337a被提供以在與容器密封物333的週邊接觸的噴嘴接收器附接部337的內表面上徑向延伸。當容器密封物333附接至噴嘴接收器附接部337時,在旋轉軸方向中容器前側上的容器密封物333的垂直表面相對於噴嘴擋門定位肋337a的前端略微突出。 As shown in FIGS. 20 and 22, a plurality of nozzle door positioning ribs 337a are provided to extend radially on the inner surface of the nozzle receiver attachment portion 337 that is in contact with the periphery of the container seal 333. When the container seal 333 is attached to the nozzle receiver attachment portion 337, the vertical surface of the container seal 333 on the front side of the container in the direction of the rotation axis slightly protrudes with respect to the front end of the nozzle door positioning rib 337a.

如第8圖所示,當碳粉容器32附接至碳粉填充裝置60時,碳粉填充裝置60的噴嘴擋門612的噴嘴擋門凸緣612a通過噴嘴擋門彈簧613偏壓來壓按容器密封物333的突出部且使其變形。噴嘴擋門凸緣612a進一步向內移動,並且抵接噴嘴擋門定位 肋337a的容器前端,從而自容器外部覆蓋且密封容器密封物333的前端面。因此,可以確保在附接狀態中接收開口331處輸送噴嘴611的週邊的密封性能,能夠防止碳粉洩露。 As shown in Fig. 8, when the toner container 32 is attached to the toner filling device 60, the nozzle door flange 612a of the nozzle door 612 of the toner filling device 60 is biased by the nozzle stopper spring 613 to be pressed. The protrusion of the container seal 333 is deformed. The nozzle door flange 612a moves further inwardly and abuts the nozzle door positioning The front end of the container of the rib 337a covers and seals the front end face of the container seal 333 from the outside of the container. Therefore, it is possible to ensure the sealing performance of the periphery of the conveying nozzle 611 at the receiving opening 331 in the attached state, and it is possible to prevent toner from leaking.

藉由噴嘴擋門彈簧613偏壓的噴嘴擋門凸緣612a的偏壓表面612f的背面抵接噴嘴擋門定位肋337a,以確定旋轉軸方向中噴嘴擋門612相對於碳粉容器32的位置。因此,確定在旋轉軸方向中容器密封物333的前端面、前端開口305的前端面(將在下面進行描述的位於容器開口33a的柱狀噴嘴接收器附接部337的內部空間)、以及噴嘴擋門612的位置關係。 The back surface of the biasing surface 612f of the nozzle door flange 612a biased by the nozzle door spring 613 abuts against the nozzle door positioning rib 337a to determine the position of the nozzle door 612 with respect to the toner container 32 in the direction of the rotation axis . Therefore, the front end face of the container seal 333, the front end face of the front end opening 305 in the direction of the rotation axis (the inner space of the cylindrical nozzle receiver attachment portion 337 of the container opening 33a to be described below), and the nozzle are determined. The positional relationship of the door 612.

下面將參考第1圖、第8圖、以及第24A圖至第24D圖描述容器擋門332和輸送噴嘴611的操作。在碳粉容器32附接至碳粉填充裝置60之前,如第1圖所示,容器擋門332被容器擋門彈簧336朝向閉合位置偏壓,以接近接收開口331。第24A圖說明瞭此時容器擋門332和輸送噴嘴611的外觀。當碳粉容器32附接至碳粉填充裝置60時,如第24B圖所示,輸送噴嘴611被插入接收開口331中。當碳粉容器32被進一步推進碳粉填充裝置60時,前部柱狀部332c的端面332h,作為容器擋門332的端面(以下稱為“容器擋門的端面332h”)與位於輸送噴嘴611的插入方向的端面611a(以下稱為“輸送噴嘴的前端(端面)611a”)彼此接觸。當碳粉容器32被自上述狀態進一步推進時,推動容器擋門332,如第24C圖所示。因此,如第24D圖所示,輸送噴嘴611被自接收開口331插入擋門後端支撐部335。因此,如第8圖所示,輸送噴嘴611被插入容器主體33且位於設置位置。此時,如第24D圖所示,噴嘴孔610位於與擋門支撐部335b的開口重疊的位置。 The operation of the container shutter 332 and the conveying nozzle 611 will be described below with reference to Figs. 1, 8 and 24A to 24D. Before the toner container 32 is attached to the toner filling device 60, as shown in Fig. 1, the container shutter 332 is biased toward the closed position by the container shutter spring 336 to approach the receiving opening 331. Fig. 24A illustrates the appearance of the container shutter 332 and the conveying nozzle 611 at this time. When the toner container 32 is attached to the toner filling device 60, as shown in Fig. 24B, the conveying nozzle 611 is inserted into the receiving opening 331. When the toner container 32 is further pushed into the toner filling device 60, the end surface 332h of the front columnar portion 332c serves as an end surface of the container shutter 332 (hereinafter referred to as "the end surface 332h of the container door") and at the conveying nozzle 611. The end faces 611a (hereinafter referred to as "the leading end (end face) 611a" of the conveying nozzle) in the insertion direction are in contact with each other. When the toner container 32 is further advanced from the above state, the container shutter 332 is pushed as shown in Fig. 24C. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 24D, the conveying nozzle 611 is inserted into the door rear end supporting portion 335 from the receiving opening 331. Therefore, as shown in Fig. 8, the conveying nozzle 611 is inserted into the container main body 33 and is located at the set position. At this time, as shown in Fig. 24D, the nozzle hole 610 is located at a position overlapping the opening of the shutter support portion 335b.

隨後,當容器主體33旋轉時,上述輸送噴嘴611藉由鏟部304鏟起的碳粉落下且經由噴嘴孔610被引入輸送噴嘴611。 引入輸送噴嘴611的碳粉隨著輸送螺桿614的旋轉在輸送噴嘴611內部朝向碳粉落下通道64輸送。隨後,碳粉落下且通過碳粉落下通道64被提供至顯影裝置50。 Subsequently, when the container body 33 is rotated, the toner of the above-described conveying nozzle 611 scooped up by the shovel portion 304 is dropped and introduced into the conveying nozzle 611 via the nozzle hole 610. The toner introduced into the conveying nozzle 611 is conveyed toward the toner dropping passage 64 inside the conveying nozzle 611 as the conveying screw 614 rotates. Subsequently, the toner falls and is supplied to the developing device 50 through the toner dropping passage 64.

下面將參考第25圖、第26圖、第27A圖至第27D圖描述傳統噴嘴接收器330’的結構。與第一實施例的噴嘴接收器330相同的元件使用相同附圖標記表示。 The structure of the conventional nozzle receiver 330' will be described below with reference to Figs. 25, 26, 27A to 27D. The same elements as the nozzle receiver 330 of the first embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals.

儲存在作為碳粉瓶的碳粉容器32中的碳粉包含空氣,並且剛好在碳粉被密封在碳粉容器32之後具有預定流動性。然而,在運輸或儲存期間,碳粉容器32中的碳粉被逐漸地除去空氣,且流動性降低。因此,最好是剛好在碳粉容器32附接至影印機500之前搖動碳粉容器32以混合內部碳粉和空氣,從而獲得預定流動性。 The toner stored in the toner container 32 as a toner bottle contains air, and has a predetermined fluidity just after the toner is sealed to the toner container 32. However, during transportation or storage, the toner in the toner container 32 is gradually removed from the air, and the fluidity is lowered. Therefore, it is preferable to shake the toner container 32 just before the toner container 32 is attached to the photocopier 500 to mix the internal toner and the air, thereby obtaining a predetermined fluidity.

然而,在一些情況下,就在碳粉容器32附接至影印機500之前,碳粉容器32可能在不搖動的情況下插入。在此情況下,如第27A圖至第27D圖所示,當輸送噴嘴611插入噴嘴接收器330’時,容器擋門332開始移動。此時,具有降低流動性的碳粉剩餘在間隙S1中,其由導引容器擋門332的容器擋門支撐器334’的兩個擋門側支撐部335a和容器擋門支撐器334’的擋門後端支撐部335’定義,且其中收納有容器擋門彈簧336。此外,在傳統結構中,如第29A圖所示,擋門後端支撐部335’形成為柱狀,且擋門後端支撐部335’的投影區域大於容器擋門332的滑動區域332d的後端面332da的投影區域。因此,碳粉可能被累積在柱狀部。此外,如第29A圖所示,排除連接至兩個擋門側支撐部335a的部分335e的支撐器的端面部335c之用灰色陰影區域表示的投影區域被製成為幾乎等於或略微大於容器擋門332的滑動區域332d的後端面332da之相同方向中用陰影區域表示的投影區域。因此,碳粉被壓按在容器擋門332的滑動區域332d的後端面332da與面向擋門後端支撐部335’的噴嘴接收器330’的相對表面之間。 However, in some cases, just before the toner container 32 is attached to the photocopier 500, the toner container 32 may be inserted without shaking. In this case, as shown in Figs. 27A to 27D, when the conveying nozzle 611 is inserted into the nozzle receiver 330', the container shutter 332 starts moving. At this time, the toner having the reduced fluidity remains in the gap S1 which is composed of the two shutter side support portions 335a and the container shutter support 334' of the container shutter support 334' of the guide container shutter 332. The door rear end support portion 335' is defined and in which the container door spring 336 is housed. Further, in the conventional structure, as shown in FIG. 29A, the door rear end support portion 335' is formed in a columnar shape, and the projection area of the door rear end support portion 335' is larger than the sliding area 332d of the container shutter 332. The projection area of the end face 332da. Therefore, toner may be accumulated in the columnar portion. Further, as shown in FIG. 29A, the projection area indicated by the shaded area of the end surface portion 335c of the holder which is connected to the portion 335e of the two door side support portions 335a is made to be almost equal to or slightly larger than the container shutter. A projection area indicated by a hatched area in the same direction of the rear end surface 332da of the sliding area 332d of 332. Therefore, the toner is pressed between the rear end surface 332da of the sliding portion 332d of the container shutter 332 and the opposite surface of the nozzle receiver 330' facing the door rear end supporting portion 335'.

此時,如果碳粉具有預定流動性,碳粉可以移動遠離擋門支撐部335b’的開口。相反地,當流動性低時,如當碳粉容器32在不搖動的情況下插入時,碳粉被壓按且壓縮在容器擋門332的滑動區域332d的後端面332da與如上所述面向擋門後端支撐部335’的容器擋門支撐器334’(噴嘴接收器330’)的相對表面之間。 當碳粉容器32被進一步推動時,壓縮的碳粉進入容器擋門332的滑動區域332d與容器擋門支撐器334’(噴嘴接收器330’)的兩個擋門側支撐部335a之間。如果如上所述壓縮且凝聚的碳粉進入容器擋門332的滑動區域332d與容器擋門支撐器334’(噴嘴接收器330’)的兩個擋門側支撐部335a之間,防止當碳粉容器32與影印機500分離時容器擋門332返回至閉合位置。因此,碳粉容器32可以分離,而接收開口331保持開啟,從而導致碳粉洩露。 At this time, if the toner has a predetermined fluidity, the toner can move away from the opening of the shutter support portion 335b'. Conversely, when the fluidity is low, such as when the toner container 32 is inserted without shaking, the toner is pressed and compressed at the rear end surface 332da of the sliding region 332d of the container shutter 332 and facing upward as described above. The door rear end support portion 335' is between the opposite surfaces of the container door support 334' (nozzle receiver 330'). When the toner container 32 is further pushed, the compressed toner enters between the sliding area 332d of the container shutter 332 and the two door side supporting portions 335a of the container shutter holder 334' (nozzle receiver 330'). If the compressed and condensed toner as described above enters between the sliding area 332d of the container shutter 332 and the two door side supporting portions 335a of the container door holder 334' (nozzle receiver 330'), the toner is prevented from being formed. The container shutter 332 returns to the closed position when the container 32 is separated from the photocopier 500. Therefore, the toner container 32 can be separated while the receiving opening 331 remains open, causing toner to leak.

第一示例 First example

在第一實施例的第一示例中,如第28A圖、第28B圖以及第29B圖所示,噴嘴接收器330的容器擋門支撐器334被配置如下。具體地,端面部335c,作為支撐器的端面部,被提供在容器擋門支撐器334的擋門後端支撐部335上。在端面部335c處,開啟除連接至兩個擋門側支撐部335a的部分335e之外的部分。即,當該部分335e在水平方向中位於端面部335c的兩側上時,在垂直方向中開啟除該部分335e之外的部分。端面部335c是面向滑動區域332d的後端面332da的相對部。 In the first example of the first embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 28A, 28B, and 29B, the container shutter support 334 of the nozzle receiver 330 is configured as follows. Specifically, the end surface portion 335c, which is an end surface portion of the holder, is provided on the door rear end support portion 335 of the container door holder 334. At the end face portion 335c, a portion other than the portion 335e connected to the two door side support portions 335a is opened. That is, when the portion 335e is located on both sides of the end surface portion 335c in the horizontal direction, a portion other than the portion 335e is opened in the vertical direction. The end surface portion 335c is an opposite portion facing the rear end surface 332da of the sliding region 332d.

具體地,容器擋門332包括:導引桿332e,作為朝向作為支撐器的端面部的端面部335c延伸的加長部。 Specifically, the container shutter 332 includes a guide rod 332e as an elongated portion that extends toward the end surface portion 335c which is an end surface portion of the holder.

擋門後端支撐部335包括:端面部335c,其是面向滑動區域332d的後端面332da的部分,並且包括提供在端面部335c上的後端開口335d。端面部335c是與兩個擋門側支撐部335a一體成型,並且開啟除連接至擋門側支撐部335a的部分335e之外的部分。如第29B圖所示,擋門後端支撐部335被配置以在垂直於擋門後端支撐部335的容器擋門332的移動方向的方向中投影區域內,排除連接至兩個擋門側支撐部335a的部分335e的支撐器的端面部335c的用灰色陰影區域表示的投影區域小於容器擋門332的滑動區域332d的後端面332da的用陰影區域表示的相同方向中的投影區域。 The door rear end support portion 335 includes an end surface portion 335c which is a portion facing the rear end surface 332da of the sliding portion 332d, and includes a rear end opening 335d provided on the end surface portion 335c. The end surface portion 335c is integrally formed with the two door side support portions 335a, and opens a portion other than the portion 335e connected to the shutter side support portion 335a. As shown in FIG. 29B, the door rear end support portion 335 is disposed in the projection area in a direction perpendicular to the moving direction of the container door 332 of the door rear end support portion 335, excluding the connection to the two door sides. The projection area indicated by the gray shaded area of the end surface portion 335c of the holder of the portion 335e of the support portion 335a is smaller than the projection area in the same direction indicated by the shaded area of the rear end surface 332da of the sliding area 332d of the container shutter 332.

如果噴嘴接收器330的容器擋門支撐器334的擋門後端支撐部335被如上所述配置,實現下述優點。甚至當容器擋門332 隨著輸送噴嘴611的插入移動,然後,碳粉被容器擋門332的滑動區域332d的後端面332da移動時,第一部分碳粉在不壓縮的情況下移動至碳粉容器32的內部。該第一部分碳粉是通過容器擋門332的滑動區域332d的後端面332da的區域移動並且在容器擋門332的移動方向中不與端面部335c重疊的碳粉。此外,第二部分碳粉可以容易地移動遠離擋門支撐部335b的開口,因為位於附近的第一部分碳粉被移動。第二部分碳粉是通過容器擋門332的滑動區域332d的後端面332da的區域移動並且在容器擋門332的移動方向中與端面部335c重疊的碳粉。 If the door rear end support portion 335 of the container shutter support 334 of the nozzle receiver 330 is configured as described above, the following advantages are achieved. Even when the container is blocking the door 332 As the insertion movement of the conveying nozzle 611 moves, and then the toner is moved by the rear end surface 332da of the sliding region 332d of the container shutter 332, the first portion of the toner moves to the inside of the toner container 32 without being compressed. The first partial toner is toner that moves through the region of the rear end surface 332da of the sliding region 332d of the container shutter 332 and does not overlap the end surface portion 335c in the moving direction of the container shutter 332. Further, the second portion of the toner can be easily moved away from the opening of the shutter support portion 335b because the first portion of the toner located nearby is moved. The second portion of the toner is toner that is moved by the region of the rear end surface 332da of the sliding region 332d of the container shutter 332 and overlaps the end surface portion 335c in the moving direction of the container shutter 332.

如果降低了面向容器擋門332的滑動區域332d的後端面332da的擋門後端支撐部335的區域,甚至當碳粉容器32附接至影印機500同時碳粉的流動性低時,即,甚至當在不搖動的情況下附接碳粉容器32時,可以降低碳粉被壓按在容器擋門332的滑動區域332d的後端面332da與噴嘴接收器330的容器擋門支撐器334的擋門後端支撐部335的端面部335c之間的可能性。 If the area of the door rear end support portion 335 facing the rear end surface 332da of the sliding portion 332d of the container shutter 332 is lowered, even when the toner container 32 is attached to the photocopier 500 while the fluidity of the toner is low, that is, Even when the toner container 32 is attached without shaking, the toner can be pressed against the rear end surface 332da of the sliding region 332d of the container shutter 332 and the container shutter support 334 of the nozzle receiver 330. The possibility between the end face portion 335c of the door rear end support portion 335.

與此同時,擋門後端支撐部335的端面部335c被用作為作為朝向閉合位置偏壓容器擋門332的容器擋門彈簧336的接收器的底部。如第24B圖至第24D圖所示,在附接碳粉容器32的程序中,其中容器擋門332隨著輸送噴嘴611的插入移動且容器擋門彈簧336被壓縮,端面部335c接收容器擋門彈簧336的恢復力。因此,如果擋門後端支撐部335的端面部335c的區域被極度地降低,容器擋門支撐器334的強度降低。如果強度降低,可能在附接碳粉容器32的程序期間破壞組件。 At the same time, the end face portion 335c of the door rear end support portion 335 is used as the bottom of the receiver as the container door spring 336 that biases the container door 332 toward the closed position. As shown in Figs. 24B to 24D, in the procedure of attaching the toner container 32, in which the container shutter 332 moves with the insertion of the conveying nozzle 611 and the container shutter spring 336 is compressed, the end surface portion 335c receives the container stopper. The restoring force of the door spring 336. Therefore, if the area of the end surface portion 335c of the door rear end support portion 335 is extremely lowered, the strength of the container shutter support 334 is lowered. If the strength is lowered, the assembly may be broken during the procedure of attaching the toner container 32.

因此,如第30B圖和第30C圖所示,作為傾斜表面的錐形表面335da被沿著內壁面335ca的後端開口335d的開啟邊緣提供,其中擋門後端支撐部335的端面部335c上容器擋門彈簧336與內壁面335ca接觸。第30A圖說明容器擋門支撐器334的外觀。第30B圖為沿第30A圖中之h-h線切割的剖視圖。第30C圖為沿第30B圖中之J-J線切割的端面視圖。錐形表面335da被沿著後端開口335d的整個開啟邊緣提供,其自端面部335c朝向後端開口 335d的內部逐漸變細。換言之,在擋門後端支撐部335的端面部335c上,錐形表面335da被提供在移動方向中的上游表面335ca,其中容器擋門322沿著後端開口335d的開啟邊緣的整個圓周移動至開啟位置。 Therefore, as shown in Figs. 30B and 30C, the tapered surface 335da as the inclined surface is provided along the open edge of the rear end opening 335d of the inner wall surface 335ca, wherein the end surface portion 335c of the rear end support portion 335 is blocked The container door spring 336 is in contact with the inner wall surface 335ca. Figure 30A illustrates the appearance of the container door support 334. Fig. 30B is a cross-sectional view taken along line h-h in Fig. 30A. Fig. 30C is an end view taken along the line J-J in Fig. 30B. The tapered surface 335da is provided along the entire open edge of the rear end opening 335d with its opening from the end face 335c toward the rear end The interior of the 335d is tapered. In other words, on the end surface portion 335c of the door rear end support portion 335, the tapered surface 335da is provided in the upstream surface 335ca in the moving direction, wherein the container shutter 322 is moved along the entire circumference of the opening edge of the rear end opening 335d to Open position.

與平坦表面相比較,錐形表面335da允許碳粉壓按在容器擋門332的滑動區域332d的後端面332da與擋門後端支撐部335的端面部335c的表面335ca之間,以容易地移動至圓周。因此,如果錐形表面335da被保持,即使作為擋門後端支撐部335的平坦表面部且作為容器擋門彈簧336的底部的端面部335c(表面335ca)的區域被最小化,可以使碳粉出來,同時保持強度。 The tapered surface 335da allows the toner to be pressed between the rear end surface 332da of the sliding region 332d of the container shutter 332 and the surface 335ca of the end surface portion 335c of the shutter rear end support portion 335 to be easily moved, as compared with the flat surface. To the circumference. Therefore, if the tapered surface 335da is held, even if the area of the end surface portion 335c (surface 335ca) which is the flat surface portion of the door rear end support portion 335 and which is the bottom of the container shutter spring 336 is minimized, the toner can be made Come out while maintaining strength.

此外,在第一實施例中,如第28B圖、第30B圖和第30C圖所示,容器擋門支撐器包括:一突起335cc,在容器擋門支撐器的縱向方向中自端面部335c突出。換言之,在開啟/閉合部件的開啟方向中,突起335cc自端面部335c突出。突起335cc在與容器擋門322的移動方向平行的方向中延伸,並且沿擋門後端支撐部335的容器擋門332朝向開啟位置移動的移動方向的下游表面335cb(當噴嘴接收器330附接至碳粉容器32時的容器後端面)的外部邊緣排列。 Further, in the first embodiment, as shown in Figs. 28B, 30B, and 30C, the container shutter support includes: a projection 335cc protruding from the end surface portion 335c in the longitudinal direction of the container shutter support . In other words, in the opening direction of the opening/closing member, the protrusion 335cc protrudes from the end surface portion 335c. The protrusion 335cc extends in a direction parallel to the moving direction of the container shutter 322, and along the downstream surface 335cb of the moving direction in which the container shutter 332 of the door rear end support portion 335 moves toward the open position (when the nozzle receiver 330 is attached) The outer edges of the rear end faces of the containers to the toner container 32 are arranged.

具有上述結構的錐形表面335da和突起335cc,甚至當擋門後端支撐部335的投影區域小於容器擋門332的滑動區域332d的後端面332da的投影區域時,可以保持足夠強度以防止當恢復力由於容器擋門彈簧336的壓縮被施加於容器擋門支撐器334時損壞。 The tapered surface 335da and the protrusion 335cc having the above structure can maintain sufficient strength to prevent recovery when the projection area of the shutter rear end support portion 335 is smaller than the projection area of the rear end surface 332da of the sliding portion 332d of the container shutter 332. The force is damaged when compression of the container door spring 336 is applied to the container door support 334.

如第22圖所示,容器擋門332的平坦導引部332g被提供以面向擋門側支撐部335a(垂直排列方式)。容器擋門332的滑動區域332d通過被噴嘴接收器330的兩個擋門側支撐部335a導引而滑動,並且在非導引方向中的強度(與擋門側支撐部335a平行的強度)低於導引側上的強度。然而,與排列容器擋門332的平坦導引部332g以面向擋門支撐部335b的開口的結構(水平排列方式)相比較,通過排列容器擋門332的平坦導引部332g以使 其面向擋門側支撐部335a(垂直排列方式),對平行於擋門側支撐部335a的力道強度增加了。因此,由於在容器擋門332的滑動區域332d的後端面332da與噴嘴接收器330的擋門後端支撐部335的端面部335c之間壓按的碳粉所導致的變形不易出現,這是有利的。 As shown in Fig. 22, the flat guide portion 332g of the container shutter 332 is provided to face the door side support portion 335a (vertical arrangement). The sliding area 332d of the container shutter 332 is slid by being guided by the two door side supporting portions 335a of the nozzle receiver 330, and the strength in the non-guide direction (the strength parallel to the door side supporting portion 335a) is low. The strength on the guiding side. However, the flat guide portion 332g of the container shutter 332 is aligned with the flat guide portion 332g of the container shutter 332 in comparison with the structure (horizontal arrangement) facing the opening of the door support portion 335b. It faces the door side support portion 335a (vertical arrangement), and the strength of the force parallel to the door side support portion 335a is increased. Therefore, since the deformation caused by the toner pressed between the rear end surface 332da of the sliding portion 332d of the container shutter 332 and the end surface portion 335c of the shutter rear end supporting portion 335 of the nozzle receiver 330 is not easy to occur, it is advantageous. of.

此外,如第28A圖和第28B圖所示,在容器擋門支撐器334中彼此面對的該對擋門側支撐部335a上,階梯部335f被提供以在容器擋門322的移動方向上具有相互不同的寬度。擋門側支撐部335a通過階梯部335f被劃分為第一區域Y1和第二區域Y2,其中第二區域Y2具有小於第一區域Y1的寬度。第二區域Y2位於擋門後端支撐部335側,並且具有與被盤簧配置的容器擋門彈簧336的直徑對應的寬度。因此,可以穩定地將容器擋門彈簧336的一端收納在間隙S1中。 Further, as shown in FIGS. 28A and 28B, on the pair of door side supporting portions 335a facing each other in the container shutter holder 334, the step portion 335f is provided in the moving direction of the container shutter 322. They have different widths from each other. The shutter side support portion 335a is divided into a first region Y1 and a second region Y2 by the step portion 335f, wherein the second region Y2 has a smaller width than the first region Y1. The second region Y2 is located on the side of the door rear end support portion 335 and has a width corresponding to the diameter of the container door spring 336 disposed by the coil spring. Therefore, one end of the container door spring 336 can be stably accommodated in the gap S1.

容器擋門支撐器334的結構不侷限於階梯部335f排列在擋門側支撐部335a的結構。例如,如第31圖所示,可以採用不包括擋門側支撐部335a上的階梯部335f且不包括區域Y1和Y2為寬度的結構。 The structure of the container door supporter 334 is not limited to the structure in which the step portion 335f is arranged on the door side support portion 335a. For example, as shown in Fig. 31, a structure that does not include the step portion 335f on the door side support portion 335a and does not include the regions Y1 and Y2 may be employed.

第二示例 Second example

下面將描述第一實施例的第二示例。在第二示例中,將適當地省略與第一示例相同結構的說明,並且相同元件使用相同附圖標記來表示。 A second example of the first embodiment will be described below. In the second example, the description of the same structure as the first example will be omitted as appropriate, and the same elements will be denoted by the same reference numerals.

在第一示例中,如上所述,如果壓縮且凝聚的碳粉進入容器擋門332的滑動區域332d與噴嘴接收器330的兩個擋門側支撐部335a之間,可以防止當碳粉容器32與影印機500分離時容器擋門332返回至閉合位置,並且,可以拆卸碳粉容器32,同時接收開口331保持開啟,導致碳粉洩露。 In the first example, as described above, if the compressed and condensed toner enters between the sliding region 332d of the container shutter 332 and the two door side supporting portions 335a of the nozzle receiver 330, the toner container 32 can be prevented from being prevented. The container shutter 332 is returned to the closed position when separated from the photocopier 500, and the toner container 32 can be detached while the receiving opening 331 remains open, causing toner to leak.

因此,本案發明人已經研究了一種由容器擋門332引起的壓縮狀態。由容器擋門332引起的壓縮狀態將通過壓縮比的理念來描述。第32A圖說明在被容器擋門332壓縮之前的狀態。第32B圖說明在壓縮之後的狀態。如第32A圖所示,在閉合狀態中 容器擋門332的滑動區域332d的後端面332da與擋門後端支撐部335的表面335ca之間的距離被假定為壓縮前距離L1。如第32B圖所示,在開啟狀態中容器擋門332的滑動區域332d的後端面332da與擋門後端支撐部的表面335ca的距離被假定為壓縮後距離L2。壓縮比被簡單地假定為L1/L2。 Therefore, the inventors of the present invention have studied a state of compression caused by the container shutter 332. The state of compression caused by the container door 332 will be described by the concept of compression ratio. Fig. 32A illustrates the state before being compressed by the container shutter 332. Figure 32B illustrates the state after compression. As shown in Figure 32A, in the closed state The distance between the rear end surface 332da of the sliding region 332d of the container shutter 332 and the surface 335ca of the shutter rear end supporting portion 335 is assumed to be the pre-compression distance L1. As shown in Fig. 32B, the distance between the rear end surface 332da of the sliding region 332d of the container shutter 332 and the surface 335ca of the rear end support portion of the shutter is assumed to be the compressed distance L2 in the open state. The compression ratio is simply assumed to be L1/L2.

具體地,假定關於在與端面部335c相對的滑動區域332d的後端面332da與端面部335c之間的距離,L1表示在容器擋門332處於閉合位置的情況下的距離,L2表示在容器擋門332處於開啟位置的情況下的距離,L1/L2被設置為大於1但不大於2。 Specifically, assuming that the distance between the rear end surface 332da and the end surface portion 335c of the sliding region 332d opposite to the end surface portion 335c, L1 represents the distance in the case where the container shutter 332 is in the closed position, and L2 represents the container door The distance in the case where 332 is in the open position, L1/L2 is set to be greater than 1 but not greater than 2.

對碳粉凝聚狀態進行實驗,其中壓縮比(L1/L2)是通過改變壓縮前距離L1與壓縮後距離L2而變化。結果顯示在下表1中。在表1中,衝程表示容器擋門332的衝程(L1-L2)。實驗評估用○、Δ和×表示,○表示不出現碳粉凝聚和碳粉洩露的狀態。Δ表示出現碳粉凝聚但不出現碳粉洩露的狀態。×表示出現碳粉凝聚和碳粉洩露的狀態。 An experiment was conducted on the state of toner agglomeration, in which the compression ratio (L1/L2) was changed by changing the distance L1 before compression and the distance L2 after compression. The results are shown in Table 1 below. In Table 1, the stroke indicates the stroke (L1-L2) of the container shutter 332. The evaluation of the experiment is indicated by ○, Δ, and ×, and ○ indicates a state in which toner aggregation and toner leakage do not occur. Δ indicates a state in which toner agglomeration occurs but no toner leakage occurs. × indicates a state in which toner agglomeration and toner leakage occur.

通過本案發明人進行的實驗,可以發現,當L1/L2(壓縮比)被設置為大於1但不大於2時,能夠防止一種情況,即受壓縮且凝聚的碳粉防止了容器擋門332在碳粉容器32與影印機500分離時返回至閉合位置,並且防止了碳粉容器32與接收開口331分離時保持開啟從而導致碳粉洩露。 Through experiments conducted by the inventors of the present invention, it has been found that when L1/L2 (compression ratio) is set to be larger than 1 but not larger than 2, it can be prevented that the compressed and condensed carbon powder prevents the container shutter 332 from being The toner container 32 returns to the closed position when separated from the photocopier 500, and prevents the toner container 32 from remaining open when separated from the receiving opening 331 to cause toner to leak.

壓縮比的變化的有益效果不侷限於本實施例的容器擋門支撐器334和容器擋門332的結合。例如,如第33A圖和第33B圖所示,甚至當其同樣應用於傳統容器擋門支撐器334’和容器擋 門332的結合時,如果L1/L2(壓縮比)被設置為大於1但不大於2,能夠防止防止一種情況,即受壓縮且凝聚的碳粉防止了容器擋門332在碳粉容器32與影印機500分離時返回至閉合位置,並且防止了碳粉容器32與接收開口331分離時保持開啟從而導致碳粉洩露。在第33A圖中,壓縮前距離L1是在閉合狀態下自容器擋門332的滑動區域332d的後端面332da至擋門後端支撐部335’的表面335’ca的距離。如第33B圖所示,壓縮後距離L2是在開啟狀態下自容器擋門332的滑動區域332d的後端面332da至擋門後端支撐部335’的表面335’ca的距離。 The beneficial effects of the change in the compression ratio are not limited to the combination of the container door holder 334 and the container door 332 of the present embodiment. For example, as shown in Figures 33A and 33B, even when applied equally to conventional container door support 334' and container block When the door 332 is combined, if L1/L2 (compression ratio) is set to be larger than 1 but not larger than 2, it can be prevented from preventing a case where the compressed and condensed toner prevents the container shutter 332 from being in the toner container 32. The photocopier 500 returns to the closed position when separated, and prevents the toner container 32 from remaining open when separated from the receiving opening 331 to cause toner to leak. In Fig. 33A, the distance L1 before compression is the distance from the rear end surface 332da of the sliding region 332d of the container shutter 332 to the surface 335'ca of the door rear end supporting portion 335' in the closed state. As shown in Fig. 33B, the compressed distance L2 is the distance from the rear end surface 332da of the sliding region 332d of the container shutter 332 to the surface 335'ca of the shutter rear end supporting portion 335' in the open state.

第三示例 Third example

下面將描述第一實施例的第三示例。在第三示例中,將適當地省略與第一示例和第二示例相同的結構的說明,並且相同元件使用相同附圖標記來表示。根據第三示例中的技術可以較佳地使用在第一示例和第二示例中描述的技術來實施。然而,甚至當根據第三示例中的技術被獨立地實施時,可以實現下述相同的有益效果。 A third example of the first embodiment will be described below. In the third example, the description of the same structures as the first example and the second example will be omitted as appropriate, and the same elements will be denoted by the same reference numerals. The technique according to the third example can be preferably implemented using the techniques described in the first example and the second example. However, even when independently implemented according to the technique in the third example, the same advantageous effects described below can be achieved.

在每一個示例中,為了裝配的方便,如第20圖和第21圖所示,容器擋門332和容器擋門彈簧336被裝配有容器擋門支撐器334,以製造噴嘴接收器330,此後,噴嘴接收器330被裝配有容器主體33,以製造碳粉容器32。 In each of the examples, for ease of assembly, as shown in Figs. 20 and 21, the container shutter 332 and the container shutter spring 336 are fitted with the container shutter support 334 to manufacture the nozzle receiver 330, thereafter The nozzle receiver 330 is equipped with a container body 33 to manufacture the toner container 32.

容器擋門332的擋門鉤332a被鉤在容器擋門支撐器334的後端開口335d,以防止容器擋門332自容器擋門支撐器334脫落。然而,在如上所述製造碳粉容器32期間,當擋門鉤332a可能撞到什麼或者可能被錯誤地觸摸並且擋門鉤332a可能被彈性變形時,外部應力可以被施加於擋門鉤332a,導致容器擋門332自容器擋門支撐器334脫落。 The door hook 332a of the container door 332 is hooked to the rear end opening 335d of the container door holder 334 to prevent the container door 332 from coming off the container door support 334. However, during the manufacture of the toner container 32 as described above, when the door hook 332a may hit something or may be erroneously touched and the door hook 332a may be elastically deformed, external stress may be applied to the door hook 332a, The container door 332 is caused to fall off from the container door support 334.

此外,在製造碳粉容器32的程序中,噴嘴接收器330可以被製造在不同位置,然後被輸送或運輸以將噴嘴接收器330裝配有容器主體33,以製造碳粉容器32。在此情況下,當輸送或運輸噴嘴接收器330時,用於包裝噴嘴接收器330的包裝材料可 能與擋門鉤332a產生干擾或者包裝的噴嘴接收器可能彼此干擾。 如果應力由於上述干擾被施加於擋門鉤332a,擋門鉤332a可能被彈性變形或破壞,從而導致容器擋門332自容器擋門支撐器334脫落。 Further, in the process of manufacturing the toner container 32, the nozzle receiver 330 may be manufactured at different positions and then conveyed or transported to assemble the nozzle receiver 330 with the container body 33 to manufacture the toner container 32. In this case, when the nozzle receiver 330 is transported or transported, the packaging material for packaging the nozzle receiver 330 may The nozzle receivers that can interfere with the door hook 332a or the package may interfere with each other. If the stress is applied to the door hook 332a due to the above disturbance, the door hook 332a may be elastically deformed or broken, thereby causing the container door 332 to fall off from the container door holder 334.

因此,在第三示例中,如第34A圖和第34B圖所示,自擋門後端支撐部335的表面335cb突出的突起335cc自表面335cb的突出量(高度)th1被設置為等於或大於在擋門鉤332a被鉤在後端開口335d的狀態下自表面335cb的突出量(高度)th2。也就是說,在開啟/閉合部件的開啟方向中,突起335cc突出多於擋門鉤332a。 Therefore, in the third example, as shown in FIGS. 34A and 34B, the protrusion amount 335cc protruding from the surface 335cb of the door rear end support portion 335 is set to be equal to or larger than the protrusion amount (height) th1 from the surface 335cb. The amount of protrusion (height) th2 from the surface 335cb in a state where the shutter hook 332a is hooked at the rear end opening 335d. That is, in the opening direction of the opening/closing member, the protrusion 335cc protrudes more than the door hook 332a.

突起335cc被提供以當作為開啟/閉合部件的容器擋門332位於閉合位置時,相對於擋門鉤(接合部)332a朝向容器擋門332自閉合位置移動至開啟位置的移動方向中的下游側突出。 The protrusion 335cc is provided to be moved to the downstream side in the moving direction from the closed position to the open position of the container shutter 332 toward the container shutter 332 when the container shutter 332 as the opening/closing member is in the closed position. protruding.

如上所述,當突起335cc自表面335cb的突出量(高度)th1被設置為等於或大於擋門鉤332a被鉤在後端開口335d時自表面335cb突出的突出量(高度)th2時,擋門鉤332a的週邊被覆蓋。因此,外部應力不易被施加至擋門鉤332a,以使其可以防止容器擋門332自容器擋門支撐器334脫落。 As described above, when the projection amount (height) th1 of the projection 335cc from the surface 335cb is set to be equal to or larger than the projection amount (height) th2 protruding from the surface 335cb when the shutter hook 332a is hooked at the rear end opening 335d, the shutter is The periphery of the hook 332a is covered. Therefore, external stress is not easily applied to the door hook 332a so that the container door 332 can be prevented from coming off the container door holder 334.

此外,甚至當輸送或運輸噴嘴接收器330時,用於包裝噴嘴接收器330的包裝材料不易與擋門鉤332a產生干擾或者包裝的噴嘴接收器330不易彼此干擾,以使其可以防止容器擋門332自容器擋門支撐器334脫落。 Further, even when the nozzle receiver 330 is transported or transported, the packaging material for packaging the nozzle receiver 330 is less likely to interfere with the door hook 332a or the packaged nozzle receiver 330 is less likely to interfere with each other, so that it can prevent the container from blocking the door. 332 is detached from the container door support 334.

第二實施例 Second embodiment

將描述本發明的第二實施例。在第二實施例中,將適當地省略與第一實施例相同的結構,並且相同元件使用相同附圖標記來表示。根據第二實施例中的技術可以較佳地使用在第一實施例中描述的技術來實施。然而,甚至當根據第二實施例中的技術被獨立地實施時,可以實現下述相同的有益效果。此外,第二實施例包括下述根據第四至第十一示例中的技術。 A second embodiment of the present invention will be described. In the second embodiment, the same structures as those of the first embodiment will be omitted as appropriate, and the same elements will be denoted by the same reference numerals. The technique according to the second embodiment can be preferably implemented using the technique described in the first embodiment. However, even when the technique according to the second embodiment is independently implemented, the same advantageous effects described below can be achieved. Further, the second embodiment includes the following techniques according to the fourth to eleventh examples.

首先,將描述問題。 First, the problem will be described.

在第35圖所示的比較示例中,當容器前端蓋34和容器主體33通過彼此附接而裝配時,容器主體33在方向Q中被插入容器前端蓋34中,並且容器主體33在附接方向Q中自位於容器前端蓋34的前表面34c的中心的孔34d移動。在此情況下,舌形蓋鉤340被彈性變形以在徑向中自蓋鉤塞306展開,然後越過蓋鉤塞306,以使蓋鉤340的前端被鉤在蓋鉤塞306與容器齒輪301之間的溝槽中。蓋鉤塞306沿整個圓周方向排列,蓋鉤塞306的外徑大於孔34d的內徑。因此,容器前端蓋34被限制在方向Q中移動,但是被收納以相對於容器主體33旋轉。如上所述,當碳粉容器32被碳粉容器收納器70收納時,用於壓縮容器擋門彈簧336的應力(恢復力)和通過壓縮噴嘴擋門彈簧613所導致的應力被施加於碳粉容器32(容器前端蓋34)。因此,如果蓋鉤340被配置以容易地附接(彈性變形)至蓋鉤塞306,並且當推力被施加於分離方向Q1時,容器主體33容易與容器前端蓋34分離。相反地,如果蓋鉤340被配置以難於分離(不易變形),以防止容器主體33容易與容器前端蓋34分離,蓋鉤340不易附接至蓋鉤塞306。 In the comparative example shown in Fig. 35, when the container front end cover 34 and the container main body 33 are assembled by being attached to each other, the container main body 33 is inserted into the container front end cover 34 in the direction Q, and the container main body 33 is attached. The direction Q is moved from the hole 34d at the center of the front surface 34c of the container front end cover 34. In this case, the tongue-shaped cover hook 340 is elastically deformed to be unfolded from the cover hook 306 in the radial direction, and then passed over the cover hook 306 such that the front end of the cover hook 340 is hooked on the cover hook 306 and the container gear 301. Between the grooves. The cover hooks 306 are arranged along the entire circumference, and the outer diameter of the cover hooks 306 is larger than the inner diameter of the holes 34d. Therefore, the container front end cover 34 is restricted from moving in the direction Q, but is accommodated to rotate relative to the container main body 33. As described above, when the toner container 32 is housed by the toner container holder 70, the stress (restoring force) for compressing the container door spring 336 and the stress caused by the compression nozzle door spring 613 are applied to the toner. Container 32 (container front end cover 34). Therefore, if the cover hook 340 is configured to be easily attached (elastically deformed) to the cover hook 306, and when the thrust is applied to the separation direction Q1, the container body 33 is easily separated from the container front end cover 34. Conversely, if the cover hook 340 is configured to be difficult to separate (not easily deformed) to prevent the container body 33 from being easily separated from the container front end cover 34, the cover hook 340 is not easily attached to the cover hook 306.

因此,在第二實施例中,如第11A圖至第11C圖和第12圖所示,在容器主體33上提供的蓋鉤塞306包括:開口3061,其中在垂直於旋轉方向的容器主體33的附接/分離方向中,位於容器前端蓋34上的蓋鉤340分別通過該開口3061。蓋鉤塞306用作為限流器,開口3061用作為槽口或切口。 Therefore, in the second embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 11A to 11C and 12, the cover hook 306 provided on the container main body 33 includes: an opening 3061 in which the container main body 33 is perpendicular to the rotational direction. In the attachment/separation direction, a cover hook 340 on the front end cover 34 of the container passes through the opening 3061, respectively. The cover hook 306 serves as a flow restrictor and the opening 3061 serves as a notch or slit.

這裏,容器主體33的附接/分離方向是碳粉容器32附接至碳粉填充裝置60和與碳粉填充裝置60分離的方向。然而,容器前端蓋34附接至碳粉容器主體33以及與碳粉容器主體33分離的容器前端蓋34的附接/分離方向是與碳粉容器32附接至碳粉填充裝置60以及與碳粉填充裝置60分離的方向相同/相反的方向。因此,在第二實施例中使用的術語“附接方向”具有兩種含義:“容器主體33的附接方向”和“容器前端蓋34的分離方向”。並且,在第二實施例中使用的術語“分離方向”具有兩種含義:“容器主體33的分離方向”和“容器前端蓋34的附接方向”。 類似地,在第二實施例中使用的術語“附接方向Q”具有兩種含義:“容器主體33的附接方向”和“容器前端蓋34的分離方向”;在第二實施例中使用的術語“分離方向Q1”具有兩種含義:“容器主體33的分離方向”和“容器前端蓋34的附接方向”。 Here, the attachment/detachment direction of the container main body 33 is a direction in which the toner container 32 is attached to the toner filling device 60 and separated from the toner filling device 60. However, the attachment/detachment direction in which the container front end cover 34 is attached to the toner container main body 33 and the container front end cover 34 separated from the toner container main body 33 is attached to the toner filling device 60 and the carbon with the toner container 32. The powder filling device 60 is separated in the same/opposite direction. Therefore, the term "attachment direction" used in the second embodiment has two meanings: "the attachment direction of the container body 33" and "the separation direction of the container front end cover 34". Also, the term "separation direction" used in the second embodiment has two meanings: "the separation direction of the container body 33" and "the attachment direction of the container front end cover 34". Similarly, the term "attach direction Q" used in the second embodiment has two meanings: "attachment direction of the container body 33" and "separation direction of the container front end cover 34"; used in the second embodiment The term "separation direction Q1" has two meanings: "the separation direction of the container body 33" and "the attachment direction of the container front end cover 34".

在附接方向Q中容器前端蓋34的前表面34c上,作為貫通孔的孔34d被提供,其穿過容器主體33的附接/分離方向並且容器開口33a插入於其中。蓋鉤340被提供以使內端340A朝向孔34d的中心突出。如第11B圖中用虛線圓圈34e所表示,內端340A的尖端相對於孔34d的週邊向內突出。當容器主體33相對於容器前端蓋34旋轉時,蓋鉤340分別通過附接/分離方向中的開口3061。在第二實施例中,在旋轉方向中,三個開口3061被提供在蓋鉤塞306上。開口3061被排列以使圓周方向中的開口3061之間的間隔與圓周方向中蓋鉤340之間的間隔相同。在第二實施例中,三個蓋鉤340和三個開口3061被提供在旋轉方向中。然而,提供至少一個蓋鉤340和一個開口3061就足夠。第11C圖說明蓋鉤340自第11A圖所示的狀態插入蓋鉤塞306的狀態。如第11C圖所示,前表面34c的中心側部與蓋鉤塞306的外側表面彼此面對。蓋鉤340薄於前表面34c(在第11B圖中,相對於前表面34c朝向後側凹陷),並且蓋鉤340和蓋鉤塞306在附接方向Q中彼此面對。因此,在附接方向Q和分離方向Q1中容器前端蓋34相對於容器主體33的移動受到限制。該限制包括在第11C圖中附接方向Q和分離方向Q1中允許蓋鉤340在蓋鉤塞306與容器齒輪301之間移動。因此,容器主體33變為相對於容器前端蓋34旋轉。 On the front surface 34c of the container front end cover 34 in the attachment direction Q, a hole 34d as a through hole is provided which passes through the attachment/detachment direction of the container main body 33 and into which the container opening 33a is inserted. A cover hook 340 is provided to protrude the inner end 340A toward the center of the hole 34d. As indicated by the dotted circle 34e in Fig. 11B, the tip end of the inner end 340A projects inwardly with respect to the periphery of the hole 34d. When the container body 33 is rotated relative to the container front end cover 34, the cover hook 340 passes through the opening 3061 in the attachment/detachment direction, respectively. In the second embodiment, three openings 3061 are provided on the cover hook 306 in the rotational direction. The openings 3061 are arranged such that the interval between the openings 3061 in the circumferential direction is the same as the interval between the cover hooks 340 in the circumferential direction. In the second embodiment, three cover hooks 340 and three openings 3061 are provided in the rotational direction. However, it is sufficient to provide at least one cover hook 340 and one opening 3061. Fig. 11C is a view showing a state in which the cover hook 340 is inserted into the cover hook 306 from the state shown in Fig. 11A. As shown in FIG. 11C, the center side portion of the front surface 34c and the outer side surface of the cover hook 306 face each other. The cover hook 340 is thinner than the front surface 34c (in FIG. 11B, recessed toward the rear side with respect to the front surface 34c), and the cover hook 340 and the cover hook 306 face each other in the attachment direction Q. Therefore, the movement of the container front end cover 34 with respect to the container main body 33 in the attachment direction Q and the separation direction Q1 is restricted. This limitation includes allowing the cover hook 340 to move between the cover hook 306 and the container gear 301 in the attachment direction Q and the separation direction Q1 in FIG. 11C. Therefore, the container body 33 becomes rotated with respect to the container front end cover 34.

即,在使用比較示例描述的粉末容器的結構中,在收納器上提供的突起在徑向中被彈性變形,以被鉤在粉末儲存器的限流器上。因此,如果該突起被配置為容易地分離或難以分離,其難以鉤住突起上的限流器,導致降低的可操作性。 That is, in the structure of the powder container described using the comparative example, the protrusion provided on the container is elastically deformed in the radial direction to be hooked on the restrictor of the powder reservoir. Therefore, if the protrusion is configured to be easily separated or difficult to separate, it is difficult to hook the restrictor on the protrusion, resulting in reduced operability.

因此,根據第二實施例中的粉末容器包括:一柱狀粉末儲存器,用以收納粉末;一收納器,附接至該粉末儲存器以及與 該粉末儲存器分離;一突起,其位於粉末儲存器和收納器的其中之一上;以及一限流器,其位於粉末儲存器和收納器的另一個上並且限制突起在粉末儲存器的縱向方向上的移動。該粉末儲存器相對於收納器旋轉。該限流器包括:一開口,當收納器附接至粉末儲存器時突起在垂直於旋轉方向的方向中通過該開口。 Therefore, the powder container according to the second embodiment includes: a columnar powder reservoir for accommodating the powder; a container attached to the powder reservoir and The powder reservoir is separated; a protrusion on one of the powder reservoir and the container; and a flow restrictor located on the other of the powder reservoir and the container and restricting the protrusion in the longitudinal direction of the powder reservoir Movement in the direction. The powder reservoir rotates relative to the container. The flow restrictor includes an opening through which the protrusion passes in a direction perpendicular to the direction of rotation when the container is attached to the powder reservoir.

根據第二實施例,突起被提供在相對於彼此旋轉的粉末儲存器和收納器的其中之一上,鉤有突起且在旋轉方向上延伸的限流器被提供在粉末儲存器和收納器的另一個上。此外,限流器包括:開口,其中在垂直於旋轉方向的方向中突起通過該開口。因此,在突起已經通過該開口之後,保持開口與突起之間的鉤住狀態。因此,與傳統結構相比較,可以在不降低可操作性的情況下將突起附接至限流器,能夠防止突起容易脫落。 According to the second embodiment, the protrusions are provided on one of the powder reservoir and the accommodator that are rotated with respect to each other, and the restrictor that is hooked and extended in the rotational direction is provided in the powder reservoir and the accommodator Another one. Further, the flow restrictor includes an opening through which the protrusion protrudes in a direction perpendicular to the direction of rotation. Therefore, the hooked state between the opening and the projection is maintained after the projection has passed through the opening. Therefore, the protrusion can be attached to the restrictor without lowering the operability as compared with the conventional structure, and the protrusion can be prevented from falling off easily.

下面將在每一個示例中描述蓋鉤340和開口3061的具體結構。在該示例中,“旋轉方向A”是在附接至影像形成裝置的碳粉容器中容器前端蓋34相對於容器主體33旋轉的方向,“附接旋轉方向R”是當容器前端蓋34附接至容器主體33時容器前端蓋34(蓋鉤340)相對於容器主體33旋轉的方向。三個蓋鉤340和三個開口3061分別具有相同結構。因此,單一蓋鉤340和單一開口3061的結構和操作將被描述為典型示例。蓋鉤塞306的外徑等於或大於中心處孔34d的內徑。 The specific structure of the cover hook 340 and the opening 3061 will be described below in each of the examples. In this example, the "rotation direction A" is a direction in which the container front end cover 34 is rotated relative to the container main body 33 in the toner container attached to the image forming apparatus, and the "attachment rotation direction R" is attached to the container front end cover 34. The container front end cover 34 (cover hook 340) is rotated in the direction in which the container body 33 is rotated when it is attached to the container body 33. The three cover hooks 340 and the three openings 3061 have the same structure, respectively. Therefore, the structure and operation of the single cover hook 340 and the single opening 3061 will be described as a typical example. The outer diameter of the cover hook 306 is equal to or larger than the inner diameter of the hole 34d at the center.

第四示例 Fourth example

第37A圖和第37B圖說明根據第四示例中的蓋鉤和開口。第37A圖為說明提供在容器主體33上的開口3061和提供在容器前端蓋34上的蓋鉤340的結構的局部放大立體圖。第37B圖為用於解釋開口3061的結構的放大視圖。第37C圖為用於解釋蓋鉤340的結構的放大視圖。 FIGS. 37A and 37B illustrate the cover hook and the opening according to the fourth example. Fig. 37A is a partially enlarged perspective view showing the structure of the opening 3061 provided on the container main body 33 and the cover hook 340 provided on the container front end cover 34. Fig. 37B is an enlarged view for explaining the structure of the opening 3061. 37C is an enlarged view for explaining the structure of the cover hook 340.

在附接/分離方向中具有厚度的蓋鉤塞306中,位於附接方向Q中的端面306a作為當容器前端蓋34附接至容器主體33時朝向開口3061的導引面,並且位於分離方向Q1中的端面306b作為在分離時朝向開口3061的導引面。 In the cover hook 306 having a thickness in the attachment/detachment direction, the end surface 306a in the attachment direction Q serves as a guide surface toward the opening 3061 when the container front end cover 34 is attached to the container main body 33, and is located in the separation direction The end surface 306b in Q1 serves as a guide surface toward the opening 3061 at the time of separation.

作為突起的蓋鉤340包括:突起的傾斜部340a,在作為位於附接旋轉方向R中下游側的一端的一端面上。突起的傾斜部340a是自附接旋轉方向R的下游側至上游側向上傾斜。突起的傾斜部340a是具有平坦頂面的傾斜表面。自傾斜部340a延續的蓋鉤340的表面被稱為蓋鉤340的底面340b,其被用作為突起的第二表面。在容器蓋34與容器主體33的附接操作中底面340b面向端面306a。自傾斜部340a延續且位於與蓋鉤340的底面340b相對側的蓋鉤340的表面被稱為蓋鉤340的上表面340c,其被用作為突起的第一表面。 The cover hook 340 as a protrusion includes an inclined portion 340a of the protrusion on the one end surface which is one end located on the downstream side in the attachment rotation direction R. The inclined portion 340a of the protrusion is inclined upward from the downstream side to the upstream side of the attachment rotation direction R. The inclined portion 340a of the protrusion is an inclined surface having a flat top surface. The surface of the cover hook 340 that continues from the inclined portion 340a is referred to as the bottom surface 340b of the cover hook 340, which is used as the second surface of the protrusion. The bottom surface 340b faces the end surface 306a in the attachment operation of the container lid 34 and the container body 33. The surface of the cover hook 340 continuing from the inclined portion 340a and located on the side opposite to the bottom surface 340b of the cover hook 340 is referred to as the upper surface 340c of the cover hook 340, which is used as the first surface of the protrusion.

在蓋鉤340中,蓋鉤340的底面340b和蓋鉤340的上表面340c用作為彼此平行的平行平面。較佳地,蓋鉤340的底面340b與蓋鉤塞306的端面306a在容器前端蓋34附接至容器主體33之前的狀態中彼此平行,如第37A圖所示。此外,較佳地,蓋鉤340的上表面340c與端面306b在容器前端蓋34附接至容器主體33的狀態中彼此平行。如第37B圖所示,在附接旋轉方向R中蓋鉤340的底面340b的寬度(長度)用“c”表示,在附接旋轉方向R中蓋鉤340的上表面340c的寬度(長度)用“e”表示,在附接/分離方向中蓋鉤340的底面340b與蓋鉤340的上表面340c之間的厚度,作為蓋鉤340的厚度,用“d”表示。在蓋鉤340中,如第37B圖所示,蓋鉤340的底面340b的寬度“c”(即,在旋轉方向R中底面340b的長度)大於蓋鉤340的上表面340c的寬度“e”。蓋鉤340具有梯形橫截面,其中傾斜部340a作為相對於旋轉方向自蓋鉤340的上表面340c至蓋鉤340的底面340b向下傾斜的傾斜表面。在下面的描述中,假定在第四至第七示例中蓋鉤340的結構相同。 In the cover hook 340, the bottom surface 340b of the cover hook 340 and the upper surface 340c of the cover hook 340 serve as parallel planes parallel to each other. Preferably, the bottom surface 340b of the cover hook 340 and the end surface 306a of the cover hook 306 are parallel to each other in a state before the container front end cover 34 is attached to the container main body 33, as shown in Fig. 37A. Further, preferably, the upper surface 340c and the end surface 306b of the cover hook 340 are parallel to each other in a state where the container front end cover 34 is attached to the container main body 33. As shown in Fig. 37B, the width (length) of the bottom surface 340b of the cover hook 340 in the attachment rotational direction R is indicated by "c", and the width (length) of the upper surface 340c of the cover hook 340 in the attachment rotational direction R is shown. The thickness between the bottom surface 340b of the cover hook 340 and the upper surface 340c of the cover hook 340 in the attachment/detachment direction is indicated by "e" as the thickness of the cover hook 340, which is indicated by "d". In the cover hook 340, as shown in Fig. 37B, the width "c" of the bottom surface 340b of the cover hook 340 (i.e., the length of the bottom surface 340b in the rotational direction R) is larger than the width "e" of the upper surface 340c of the cover hook 340. . The cover hook 340 has a trapezoidal cross section in which the inclined portion 340a is an inclined surface that is inclined downward from the upper surface 340c of the cover hook 340 to the bottom surface 340b of the cover hook 340 with respect to the rotational direction. In the following description, it is assumed that the structure of the cover hook 340 is the same in the fourth to seventh examples.

位於附接旋轉方向R中開口3061的下游側上的表面用作為以與突起的傾斜部340a相同方向傾斜的開口傾斜部3061a。開口3061包括:一相對表面3061b,面向開口傾斜部3061a。該相對表面3061b是傾斜表面。在第四示例中,該開口傾斜部3061a與相對表面3061b是彼此平行的平行平面。 The surface on the downstream side of the opening 3061 in the attachment rotational direction R serves as an opening inclined portion 3061a that is inclined in the same direction as the inclined portion 340a of the protrusion. The opening 3061 includes an opposite surface 3061b facing the opening inclined portion 3061a. The opposing surface 3061b is an inclined surface. In the fourth example, the opening inclined portion 3061a and the opposite surface 3061b are parallel planes parallel to each other.

如第37B圖所示,在開口3061中,開口傾斜部3061a與相對表面3061b之間的間隔用“t”表示,在附接旋轉方向R中端面306b側上的第一埠3061c側上的開口3061的寬度(長度)用“a”表示,在附接旋轉方向R中第二埠3061d側上的開口3061的寬度(長度)用“b”表示。第一埠3061c用作為排出埠(下游端埠、排出口、或者開口3061的第一部分)。第二埠3061d用作為進入埠(上游端埠、進入口、或者開口的第二部分)。開口3061的第二埠3061d是在端面306a上開啟的開口3061的一端,並且位於當作為收納器的容器前端蓋34附接至作為粉末儲存器的容器主體33時突起340通過開口3061的方向的上游側。開口3061的第一埠3061c是在端面306b上開啟的開口3061的另一端,並且位於當容器前端蓋34附接至容器主體33時突起340通過開口3061的方向的下游側。在第四示例中,滿足(蓋鉤340的厚度“d”)(開口3061的間隔“t”)的關係和(開口3061的第一埠3061c的寬度“a”)<(蓋鉤340的上表面340c的寬度“e”)的關係。 As shown in Fig. 37B, in the opening 3061, the interval between the opening inclined portion 3061a and the opposite surface 3061b is indicated by "t", and the opening on the side of the first side 3061c on the side of the end surface 306b in the attachment rotational direction R is attached. The width (length) of 3061 is indicated by "a", and the width (length) of the opening 3061 on the side of the second turn 3061d in the attachment rotational direction R is indicated by "b". The first turn 3061c is used as a discharge port (a downstream end port, a discharge port, or a first portion of the opening 3061). The second turn 3061d is used as an entry 埠 (upstream end 埠, access port, or second portion of the opening). The second turn 3061d of the opening 3061 is one end of the opening 3061 opened on the end face 306a, and is located in a direction in which the protrusion 340 passes through the opening 3061 when the container front end cover 34 as a container is attached to the container body 33 as a powder reservoir Upstream side. The first turn 3061c of the opening 3061 is the other end of the opening 3061 opened on the end face 306b, and is located on the downstream side of the direction in which the protrusion 340 passes through the opening 3061 when the container front end cover 34 is attached to the container body 33. In the fourth example, it is satisfied (the thickness "d" of the cover hook 340) (The relationship of the interval "t" of the opening 3061) and the relationship (the width "a" of the first 埠 3061c of the opening 3061) < (the width "e" of the upper surface 340c of the cover hook 340).

將參考第38A圖至第38G圖描述如上所述配置在開口3061處之蓋鉤340的進入操作。如第38A圖所示,當容器前端蓋34在附接旋轉方向R中旋轉時,蓋鉤340自第38A圖中的端面306a的右側移動至左側。當蓋鉤340的傾斜部340a位於開口3061的第二埠3061d上時,蓋鉤340被朝向開口3061(自分離方向Q1的上游側至下游側)壓按,如第38B圖所示。因此,蓋鉤340通過使用位於附接旋轉方向R的上游側上的第二埠3061d的端部S1作為樞軸朝向開口3061的內部在圖式中逆時針方向略微變形,並且進入如第38C圖所示引線中具有突起的傾斜部340a的開口3061。隨後,如第38D圖所示,由蓋鉤340的傾斜部340a和上表面340c定義的端部S2經過位於附接旋轉方向R的下游側的開口3061的第二埠3061d的端部S3。此時,因為滿足(蓋鉤340的厚度“d”)(開口3061的間隔“t”)的關係,蓋鉤340通過開口3061,如第38E圖和第38F圖所示。當附接旋轉方向R中蓋鉤 340的底面340b的上游端S4經過位於附接旋轉方向R的上游側上的第一埠3061c的端部S5時,蓋鉤340被定位以使上表面340c和端面306b彼此面對,如第38G圖所示。此時,如果端面306b與位於容器主體33的分離方向Q1的下游側上的容器主體33的元件之間的間隔SP1的長度被設置以使蓋鉤340可以充分地旋轉且端部S4可以經過第一埠3061c,開口3061中蓋鉤340的旋轉位移被順利地執行,這是較佳的。 The entry operation of the cover hook 340 disposed at the opening 3061 as described above will be described with reference to FIGS. 38A to 38G. As shown in Fig. 38A, when the container front end cover 34 is rotated in the attachment rotational direction R, the cover hook 340 is moved from the right side to the left side of the end surface 306a in Fig. 38A. When the inclined portion 340a of the cover hook 340 is located on the second turn 3061d of the opening 3061, the cover hook 340 is pressed toward the opening 3061 (from the upstream side to the downstream side of the separation direction Q1) as shown in Fig. 38B. Therefore, the cover hook 340 is slightly deformed in the counterclockwise direction in the drawing by using the end portion S1 of the second weir 3061d on the upstream side of the attachment rotational direction R as a pivot toward the inside of the opening 3061, and enters as shown in FIG. 38C. The illustrated lead has an opening 3061 of a raised inclined portion 340a. Subsequently, as shown in Fig. 38D, the end portion S2 defined by the inclined portion 340a of the cover hook 340 and the upper surface 340c passes through the end portion S3 of the second turn 3061d of the opening 3061 on the downstream side of the attachment rotational direction R. At this time, because it is satisfied (the thickness "d" of the cover hook 340) (The relationship of the interval "t" of the opening 3061), the cover hook 340 passes through the opening 3061 as shown in Figs. 38E and 38F. When the upstream end S4 of the bottom surface 340b of the cover hook 340 in the attachment rotational direction R passes through the end S5 of the first bore 3061c on the upstream side of the attachment rotational direction R, the cover hook 340 is positioned such that the upper surface 340c and The end faces 306b face each other as shown in Fig. 38G. At this time, if the length of the interval SP1 between the end surface 306b and the element of the container body 33 on the downstream side of the separation direction Q1 of the container body 33 is set so that the cover hook 340 can be sufficiently rotated and the end portion S4 can pass the first One turn 3061c, the rotational displacement of the cover hook 340 in the opening 3061 is smoothly performed, which is preferable.

也就是說,開口3061被配置以當突起的傾斜部340a與開口傾斜部3061a接觸時,蓋鉤340通過開口3061。 That is, the opening 3061 is configured to pass the cover hook 340 through the opening 3061 when the inclined portion 340a of the protrusion comes into contact with the opening inclined portion 3061a.

如上所述,當蓋鉤340通過在蓋鉤塞306上以傾斜方式提供的開口3061時,獲得接合狀態,其中蓋鉤340的上表面340c與蓋鉤塞306的端面306b彼此面對,同時保持彼此鉤住的狀態。因此,可以確保在容器主體33與容器前端蓋34之間的附接狀態,並且簡化裝配和附接。 As described above, when the cover hook 340 passes through the opening 3061 provided obliquely on the cover hook 306, the engaged state is obtained in which the upper surface 340c of the cover hook 340 and the end surface 306b of the cover hook 306 face each other while maintaining The state of hooking each other. Therefore, the attachment state between the container main body 33 and the container front end cover 34 can be ensured, and assembly and attachment are simplified.

此外,開口3061的第一埠3061c的寬度“a”小於蓋鉤340的上表面340c的寬度“e”,以便於甚至當在容器前端蓋34附接至容器主體33之後開口3061與蓋鉤340彼此面對時,蓋鉤340不容易通過開口3061。因此,例如,當碳粉容器32附接至碳粉填充裝置60以及與碳粉填充裝置60分離時,即使用於壓縮容器擋門彈簧336的應力(恢復力)和通過壓縮噴嘴擋門彈簧613引起的應力被施加於碳粉容器32,容器主體33和容器前端蓋34不是彼此分離。因此,可以改善當碳粉容器32附接和分離時的可操作性。 Further, the width "a" of the first turn 3061c of the opening 3061 is smaller than the width "e" of the upper surface 340c of the cover hook 340 so as to facilitate the opening 3061 and the cover hook 340 even after the container front end cover 34 is attached to the container body 33. When facing each other, the cover hook 340 does not easily pass through the opening 3061. Therefore, for example, when the toner container 32 is attached to and separated from the toner filling device 60, even the stress (restoring force) for compressing the container door spring 336 and the shutter spring 613 passing through the compression nozzle The induced stress is applied to the toner container 32, and the container main body 33 and the container front end cover 34 are not separated from each other. Therefore, operability when the toner container 32 is attached and separated can be improved.

第五示例 Fifth example

第39A圖至第39C圖說明根據第五示例中的蓋鉤和開口。第39A圖為說明作為槽口或切口且被提供在容器主體33上的開口3062和被提供在容器前端蓋34上的蓋鉤340的結構的局部放大立體圖。第39B圖為用於解釋開口3062的結構的放大視圖。第39C圖為用於解釋蓋鉤340的結構的放大視圖。 39A to 39C illustrate the cover hook and the opening according to the fifth example. Fig. 39A is a partially enlarged perspective view showing the structure of an opening 3062 which is provided as a notch or a slit and which is provided on the container main body 33, and a cover hook 340 which is provided on the container front end cover 34. Fig. 39B is an enlarged view for explaining the structure of the opening 3062. 39C is an enlarged view for explaining the structure of the cover hook 340.

根據第五示例中被提供在蓋鉤塞306上的開口3062與根據第四實施例中的開口3061不同。開口3062包括:一開口傾斜部3062a;以及一相對表面3062b,以與開口傾斜部3062a相同的方向傾斜。在第五示例中,相對表面3062b是自附接旋轉方向R的下游側至上游側適度傾斜一銳角的表面,其中該銳角小於開口傾斜部3062a的銳角。因此,在第五示例中,在開口3062中,端面306a側上的開口3062的第二埠3062d的寬度“b”與端面306b側上的第一埠3062c側的寬度“a”彼此不同。第一埠3062c用作為排出埠(下游端埠、排出口、或者開口的第一部分)。因此,在第五示例中,開口傾斜部3062a與相對表面3062b之間的間隔“t”對應於開口傾斜部3062a與相對表面3062b之間的最小間隔,且其尺寸對應於開口傾斜部3062a的延伸線與自相對表面3062b延伸以與該延伸線平行的線之間的尺寸。也就是說,開口3062包括:相對表面3062b,作為在開口側的第二埠上自分離方向Q的上游側至下游側傾斜的導引部。 The opening 3062 provided on the cover hook 306 according to the fifth example is different from the opening 3061 according to the fourth embodiment. The opening 3062 includes an opening inclined portion 3062a and an opposite surface 3062b inclined in the same direction as the opening inclined portion 3062a. In the fifth example, the opposite surface 3062b is a surface that is moderately inclined by an acute angle from the downstream side to the upstream side of the attachment rotational direction R, wherein the acute angle is smaller than the acute angle of the opening inclined portion 3062a. Therefore, in the fifth example, in the opening 3062, the width "b" of the second turn 3062d of the opening 3062 on the side of the end face 306a and the width "a" of the first turn 3062c side on the side of the end face 306b are different from each other. The first crucible 3062c is used as a discharge crucible (a downstream end port, a discharge port, or a first portion of the opening). Therefore, in the fifth example, the interval "t" between the opening inclined portion 3062a and the opposite surface 3062b corresponds to the minimum interval between the opening inclined portion 3062a and the opposite surface 3062b, and the size thereof corresponds to the extension of the opening inclined portion 3062a. The line and the dimension extending from the opposite surface 3062b to a line parallel to the extension line. That is, the opening 3062 includes the opposite surface 3062b as a guide portion that is inclined from the upstream side to the downstream side of the separation direction Q on the second turn on the opening side.

在附接旋轉方向R中第一埠3062c側上的開口3062的寬度用“a”表示,在附接旋轉方向R中第二埠3062d側上的開口3062的寬度用“b”表示,其中該第二埠3062d作為進入埠、上游端埠、進入口、或者開口的第二部分。開口3062的第二埠3062d對應於在端面306a上開啟的開口3062的一端的寬度,第一埠3062c對應於在端面306b上開啟的開口3062的另一端的寬度。甚至在第五示例中,滿足(蓋鉤340的厚度“d”)(開口3062的間隔“t”)的關係和(開口3062的第一埠3062c的寬度“a”)<(蓋鉤340的上表面340c的寬度“e”)的關係。此外,滿足(蓋鉤340的底面340b的寬度“c”)<(開口3062的第二埠3062d的寬度“b”)的關係。 The width of the opening 3062 on the side of the first turn 3062c in the attachment rotation direction R is denoted by "a", and the width of the opening 3062 on the side of the second turn 3062d in the attachment rotational direction R is denoted by "b", wherein The second turn 3062d serves as a second portion of the entrance pupil, the upstream port, the access port, or the opening. The second turn 3062d of the opening 3062 corresponds to the width of one end of the opening 3062 that is open on the end face 306a, and the first turn 3062c corresponds to the width of the other end of the opening 3062 that is open on the end face 306b. Even in the fifth example, it is satisfied (the thickness "d" of the cover hook 340) (The relationship of the interval "t" of the opening 3062) and the relationship (the width "a" of the first 埠 3062c of the opening 3062) < (the width "e" of the upper surface 340c of the cover hook 340). Further, the relationship (the width "c" of the bottom surface 340b of the cover hook 340) < (the width "b" of the second turn 3062d of the opening 3062) is satisfied.

將參考第40A圖至第40G圖描述如上所述配置在開口3062處之蓋鉤340的進入操作。如第40A圖所示,當容器前端蓋34在附接旋轉方向R中旋轉時,蓋鉤340自第40A圖中的端面306a的右側移動至左側。當蓋鉤340位於開口3062的第二埠3062d之 上時,蓋鉤340被朝向開口3062壓按,如第40B圖所示。因此,因為滿足(蓋鉤340的底面340b的寬度“c”)<(開口3062的第二埠3062d的寬度“b”)的關係,蓋鉤340進入開口3062的第二埠3062d,同時保持相同姿勢。該姿勢被保持直至突起的傾斜部340a與開口傾斜部3062a接觸,如第40C圖所示。 The entry operation of the cover hook 340 disposed at the opening 3062 as described above will be described with reference to FIGS. 40A to 40G. As shown in Fig. 40A, when the container front end cover 34 is rotated in the attachment rotational direction R, the cover hook 340 is moved from the right side to the left side of the end surface 306a in Fig. 40A. When the cover hook 340 is located at the second opening 3062d of the opening 3062 In the upper case, the cover hook 340 is pressed toward the opening 3062 as shown in Fig. 40B. Therefore, since the relationship (the width "c" of the bottom surface 340b of the cover hook 340) < (the width "b" of the second turn 3062d of the opening 3062) is satisfied, the cover hook 340 enters the second turn 3062d of the opening 3062 while remaining the same posture. This posture is maintained until the inclined portion 340a of the protrusion comes into contact with the opening inclined portion 3062a as shown in Fig. 40C.

當突起的傾斜部340a與開口傾斜部3062a接觸時,蓋鉤340通過使用位於附接旋轉方向R的上游側上的蓋鉤340的底面340b的端部S4作為相對表面3062b上的樞軸在圖式中逆時針方向旋轉,如第40D圖所示。隨後,如第40E圖所示,由蓋鉤340的傾斜部340a和上表面340c定義的端部S2經過位於附接旋轉方向R的下游側的開口3062的第二埠3062d的端部S13。此時,因為滿足(蓋鉤340的厚度“d”)(開口3062的間隔“t”)的關係,蓋鉤340通過開口3062,如第40E圖和第40F圖所示。當附接旋轉方向R中蓋鉤340的底面340b的上游端S4經過位於附接旋轉方向R的上游側上的第一埠3062c的端部S15時,蓋鉤340被定位以使上表面340c和端面306b彼此面對,如第40G圖所示。 此時,如果端面306b與位於分離方向Q1的下游側的容器主體33的元件之間的間隔SP1的長度被設置以使蓋鉤340可以充分地旋轉且端部S4可以經過第一埠3062c,開口3062中蓋鉤340的旋轉位移被順利地執行,這是較佳的。 When the inclined portion 340a of the protrusion comes into contact with the opening inclined portion 3062a, the cover hook 340 passes the end portion S4 of the bottom surface 340b of the cover hook 340 on the upstream side of the attachment rotational direction R as a pivot on the opposite surface 3062b. Rotate counterclockwise as shown in Figure 40D. Subsequently, as shown in Fig. 40E, the end portion S2 defined by the inclined portion 340a and the upper surface 340c of the cover hook 340 passes through the end portion S13 of the second turn 3062d of the opening 3062 on the downstream side of the attachment rotational direction R. At this time, because it is satisfied (the thickness "d" of the cover hook 340) (The relationship of the interval "t" of the opening 3062), the cover hook 340 passes through the opening 3062 as shown in Figs. 40E and 40F. When the upstream end S4 of the bottom surface 340b of the cover hook 340 in the attachment rotational direction R passes through the end S15 of the first jaw 3062c on the upstream side of the attachment rotational direction R, the cover hook 340 is positioned such that the upper surface 340c and The end faces 306b face each other as shown in Fig. 40G. At this time, if the length of the interval SP1 between the end surface 306b and the element of the container body 33 on the downstream side in the separation direction Q1 is set so that the cover hook 340 can be sufficiently rotated and the end portion S4 can pass through the first weir 3062c, the opening The rotational displacement of the cover hook 340 of the 3062 is smoothly performed, which is preferable.

也就是說,開口3062被配置以當突起的傾斜部340a與開口傾斜部3062a接觸時,蓋鉤340通過開口3062。 That is, the opening 3062 is configured to pass the cover hook 340 through the opening 3062 when the inclined portion 340a of the protrusion comes into contact with the opening inclined portion 3062a.

當蓋鉤340通過如上所述在蓋鉤塞306上以傾斜方式提供的開口3062時,獲得接合狀態,其中蓋鉤340的上表面340c與蓋鉤塞3062的端面306b彼此面對,同時保持彼此鉤住的狀態。 因此,可以確保容器主體33與容器前端蓋34之間的附接狀態,並且簡化裝配和附接。 When the cover hook 340 passes through the opening 3062 provided in an inclined manner on the cover hook 306 as described above, an engaged state is obtained in which the upper surface 340c of the cover hook 340 and the end surface 306b of the cover hook 3062 face each other while maintaining each other Hooked state. Therefore, the attachment state between the container main body 33 and the container front end cover 34 can be ensured, and assembly and attachment are simplified.

此外,開口3062的第一埠3062c的寬度“a”小於蓋鉤340的上表面340c的寬度“e”,以便甚至當開口3062與蓋鉤340彼此面對時,蓋鉤340不容易通過開口3062。因此,例如,當碳 粉容器32附接至碳粉填充裝置60以及與碳粉填充裝置60分離時,即使用於壓縮容器擋門彈簧336的應力(恢復力)和通過壓縮噴嘴擋門彈簧613引起的應力被施加於碳粉容器32,容器主體33和容器前端蓋34不是彼此分離。因此,可以改善碳粉容器32附接和分離時的可操作性。 Further, the width "a" of the first turn 3062c of the opening 3062 is smaller than the width "e" of the upper surface 340c of the cover hook 340, so that the cover hook 340 does not easily pass through the opening 3062 even when the opening 3062 and the cover hook 340 face each other. . So, for example, when carbon When the powder container 32 is attached to the toner filling device 60 and separated from the toner filling device 60, even the stress (recovery force) for compressing the container door spring 336 and the stress caused by the compression nozzle door spring 613 are applied to The toner container 32, the container main body 33, and the container front end cover 34 are not separated from each other. Therefore, the operability at the time of attachment and separation of the toner container 32 can be improved.

此外,在第五示例中,因為滿足(蓋鉤340的底面340b的寬度“c”)<(開口3062的第二埠3062d的寬度“b”)的關係,相對於旋轉方向蓋鉤340通過開口3062的角度小於第四示例。因此,與第四示例相比較,可以降低間隔SP1。 Further, in the fifth example, since the relationship (the width "c" of the bottom surface 340b of the cover hook 340) < (the width "b" of the second turn 3062d of the opening 3062) is satisfied, the cover hook 340 passes through the opening with respect to the rotational direction. The angle of 3062 is smaller than the fourth example. Therefore, the interval SP1 can be lowered as compared with the fourth example.

第六示例 Sixth example

第41A圖至第41C圖說明根據第六示例中的蓋鉤和開口。第41A圖為說明作為槽口或切口且被提供在容器主體33上的開口3063和被提供在容器前端蓋34上的蓋鉤340的結構的局部放大立體圖。第41B圖為用於解釋開口3063的結構的放大視圖。第41C圖為用於解釋蓋鉤340的結構的放大視圖。 41A to 41C illustrate the cover hook and the opening according to the sixth example. Fig. 41A is a partially enlarged perspective view showing the structure of an opening 3063 which is provided as a notch or a slit and which is provided on the container main body 33, and a cover hook 340 which is provided on the container front end cover 34. Fig. 41B is an enlarged view for explaining the structure of the opening 3063. 41C is an enlarged view for explaining the structure of the cover hook 340.

根據第六示例中在蓋鉤塞306上提供的開口3063與根據上述示例中的開口不同。開口3063包括:一開口傾斜部3063a;以及一相對表面3063b,其以與開口傾斜部3063a相同方向且與其平行地傾斜。開口3063包括:一凹部4063,作為導引部、凹陷部或凹部且被提供在端面306a側的開口3063的第二埠3063d中,以在分離方向Q1中凹陷。凹部4063包括:一第一表面4063a,其與端面306a平行並且延續至相對表面3063b,且包括一第二表面4063b,其連接至第一表面4063a和端面306a。第二表面4063b是自端面306a自分離方向Q1的上游側至下游側向下傾斜的表面。 The opening 3063 provided on the cover hook 306 according to the sixth example is different from the opening according to the above example. The opening 3063 includes: an opening inclined portion 3063a; and an opposite surface 3063b which is inclined in the same direction as and parallel to the opening inclined portion 3063a. The opening 3063 includes a recess 4063 as a guide, a recess or a recess and is provided in the second turn 3063d of the opening 3063 on the side of the end face 306a to be recessed in the separation direction Q1. The recess 4063 includes a first surface 4063a that is parallel to the end surface 306a and continues to the opposing surface 3063b and includes a second surface 4063b that is coupled to the first surface 4063a and the end surface 306a. The second surface 4063b is a surface that is inclined downward from the upstream side to the downstream side of the separation direction Q1 from the end surface 306a.

在第六示例中,在開口3063中,開口傾斜部3063a與相對表面3063b之間的間隔用“t”表示,附接旋轉方向R中端面306b側上第一埠3063c側的開口3063的寬度用“a”表示,附接旋轉方向R中開口3061的寬度用“b”表示。第一埠3063c用作為排出埠。第二埠3063d用作為進入埠(上游端埠、進入口、或者開口的第二部分)。開口3063的第二埠3063d對應於在附接旋 轉方向R中由開口傾斜部3063a與端面306a定義的端部S23與由第二表面4063b與端面306a定義的端部S34之間的寬度,該寬度被假定為旋轉方向中導引部的寬度“b”。 In the sixth example, in the opening 3063, the interval between the opening inclined portion 3063a and the opposite surface 3063b is represented by "t", and the width of the opening 3063 on the side of the end face 306b on the side of the end face 306b in the attachment rotational direction R is used. "a" indicates that the width of the opening 3061 in the attachment rotation direction R is represented by "b". The first crucible 3063c is used as the discharge crucible. The second turn 3063d is used as an entry 埠 (upstream end 埠, access port, or second portion of the opening). The second turn 3063d of the opening 3063 corresponds to the attachment rotation The width between the end portion S23 defined by the opening inclined portion 3063a and the end surface 306a in the rotation direction R and the end portion S34 defined by the second surface 4063b and the end surface 306a, the width being assumed as the width of the guide portion in the rotation direction" b".

此外,滿足(蓋鉤340的厚度“d”)(開口3063的間隔“t”)的關係、(開口3063的第一埠3063c的寬度“a”)<(蓋鉤340的上表面340c的寬度“e”)的關係、以及(蓋鉤340的底面340b的寬度“c”)<(導引部4063的寬度“b”)的關係。 In addition, it is satisfied (the thickness "d" of the cover hook 340) (the relationship of the interval "t" of the opening 3063), the relationship (the width "a" of the first 埠 3063c of the opening 3063) < (the width "e" of the upper surface 340c of the cover hook 340), and (the cover hook 340) The relationship of the width "c" of the bottom surface 340b < (the width "b" of the guide portion 4063).

將參考第42A圖至第42I圖描述如上所述配置在開口3063處之蓋鉤340的進入操作。如第42A圖所示,當容器前端蓋34在附接旋轉方向R中旋轉時,蓋鉤340自第42A圖中的端面306a的右側移動至左側。當蓋鉤340位於開口3063的第二埠3063d的導引部4063之上時,蓋鉤340被朝向開口3063壓按,如第42B圖所示。因此,因為滿足(蓋鉤340的底面340b的寬度“c”)<(導引部的寬度“b”)的關係,蓋鉤340連續地移動,同時保持相同姿勢直至突起的傾斜部340a與開口傾斜部3063a接觸,如第42C圖所示。 The entry operation of the cover hook 340 disposed at the opening 3063 as described above will be described with reference to FIGS. 42A to 42I. As shown in Fig. 42A, when the container front end cover 34 is rotated in the attachment rotational direction R, the cover hook 340 is moved from the right side to the left side of the end surface 306a in Fig. 42A. When the cover hook 340 is positioned over the guide portion 4063 of the second turn 3063d of the opening 3063, the cover hook 340 is pressed toward the opening 3063 as shown in Fig. 42B. Therefore, since the relationship (the width "c" of the bottom surface 340b of the cover hook 340) < (the width "b" of the guide portion) is satisfied, the cover hook 340 continuously moves while maintaining the same posture until the inclined portion 340a and the opening of the protrusion The inclined portion 3063a is in contact as shown in Fig. 42C.

當突起的傾斜部340a與開口傾斜部3063a接觸時,蓋鉤340通過使用附接旋轉方向R的上游側的蓋鉤340的底面340b的端部S4作為樞軸在圖式中在第二表面4063b上逆時針方向旋轉,如第42D圖所示。隨後,在旋轉期間,如第42E圖所示,蓋鉤340的底面340b與第二埠3063d的端部S25接觸,蓋鉤340進一步逆時針方向旋轉。 When the inclined portion 340a of the protrusion comes into contact with the opening inclined portion 3063a, the cover hook 340 passes through the end portion S4 of the bottom surface 340b of the cover hook 340 attached to the upstream side of the rotational direction R as a pivot in the drawing at the second surface 4063b Rotate counterclockwise as shown in Figure 42D. Subsequently, during the rotation, as shown in Fig. 42E, the bottom surface 340b of the cover hook 340 comes into contact with the end portion S25 of the second weir 3063d, and the cover hook 340 further rotates counterclockwise.

如第42F圖所示,由蓋鉤340的傾斜部340a和上表面340c定義的端部S2經過由位於附接旋轉方向R的下游側的開口傾斜部3063a和端面306a定義的端部S23。此時,因為(蓋鉤340的厚度“d”)(開口3063的間隔“t”)的關係,蓋鉤340通過開口3063,如第42G圖和第42H圖所示。當附接旋轉方向R中蓋鉤340的底面340b的上游端S4經過開口3063的第一埠3063c的端部S25時,蓋鉤340的上表面340c與端面306b彼此面對,如第42I圖所示。此時,如果端面306b與位於分離方向Q1的下 游側上的容器主體33的元件之間的間隔SP1的長度被設置以使蓋鉤340可以充分地旋轉且端部S4可以經過第一埠3063c,開口3062中蓋鉤340的旋轉位移被順利地執行,這是較佳的。 As shown in Fig. 42F, the end portion S2 defined by the inclined portion 340a of the cover hook 340 and the upper surface 340c passes through the end portion S23 defined by the opening inclined portion 3063a and the end surface 306a on the downstream side in the attachment rotational direction R. At this time, because (the thickness of the cover hook 340 is "d") (The relationship of the interval "t" of the opening 3063), the cover hook 340 passes through the opening 3063 as shown in Fig. 42G and Fig. 42H. When the upstream end S4 of the bottom surface 340b of the cover hook 340 in the attachment rotational direction R passes through the end S25 of the first bore 3063c of the opening 3063, the upper surface 340c and the end surface 306b of the cover hook 340 face each other as shown in Fig. 42I. Show. At this time, if the length of the interval SP1 between the end surface 306b and the element of the container body 33 on the downstream side of the separation direction Q1 is set so that the cover hook 340 can be sufficiently rotated and the end portion S4 can pass the first 埠 3063c, The rotational displacement of the cover hook 340 in the opening 3062 is smoothly performed, which is preferable.

也就是說,開口3063被配置以當突起的傾斜部340a與開口傾斜部3063a接觸時,蓋鉤340通過開口3063。 That is, the opening 3063 is configured to pass the cover hook 340 through the opening 3063 when the inclined portion 340a of the protrusion comes into contact with the opening inclined portion 3063a.

當蓋鉤340通過如上所述在蓋鉤塞306上以傾斜方式提供的開口3063時,獲得接合狀態,其中蓋鉤340的上表面340c與蓋鉤塞3063的端面306b彼此面對,同時保持彼此鉤住的狀態。 因此,可以確保容器主體33與容器前端蓋34之間的附接狀態,並且簡化裝配和附接。 When the cover hook 340 passes through the opening 3063 provided in an inclined manner on the cover hook 306 as described above, the engaged state is obtained in which the upper surface 340c of the cover hook 340 and the end surface 306b of the cover hook 3063 face each other while maintaining each other Hooked state. Therefore, the attachment state between the container main body 33 and the container front end cover 34 can be ensured, and assembly and attachment are simplified.

此外,開口3063的導引部4063的寬度“a”小於蓋鉤340的上表面340c的寬度“e”,以便甚至當開口3063與蓋鉤340彼此面對時,蓋鉤340不容易通過開口3063。因此,例如,當碳粉容器32附接至碳粉填充裝置60以及與碳粉填充裝置60分離時,即使用於壓縮容器擋門彈簧336的應力(恢復力)和通過壓縮噴嘴擋門彈簧613引起的應力被施加於碳粉容器32,容器主體33和容器前端蓋34不是彼此分離。因此,可以改善當碳粉容器32附接和分離時的可操作性。 Further, the width "a" of the guiding portion 4063 of the opening 3063 is smaller than the width "e" of the upper surface 340c of the cover hook 340, so that the cover hook 340 does not easily pass through the opening 3063 even when the opening 3063 and the cover hook 340 face each other. . Therefore, for example, when the toner container 32 is attached to and separated from the toner filling device 60, even the stress (restoring force) for compressing the container door spring 336 and the shutter spring 613 passing through the compression nozzle The induced stress is applied to the toner container 32, and the container main body 33 and the container front end cover 34 are not separated from each other. Therefore, operability when the toner container 32 is attached and separated can be improved.

第七示例 Seventh example

第43A圖至第43C圖說明根據第七示例中的蓋鉤和開口。第43A圖為說明作為槽口或切口且被提供在容器主體33上的開口3064與被提供在容器前端蓋34上的蓋鉤340的結構的局部放大立體圖。第43B圖為用於解釋開口3064的結構的放大視圖。第43C圖為用於解釋蓋鉤340的結構的放大視圖。 43A to 43C illustrate the cover hook and the opening according to the seventh example. Fig. 43A is a partially enlarged perspective view showing the structure of the opening 3064 as a notch or slit and provided on the container main body 33 and the cover hook 340 provided on the container front end cover 34. Fig. 43B is an enlarged view for explaining the structure of the opening 3064. Fig. 43C is an enlarged view for explaining the structure of the cover hook 340.

根據第七示例中在蓋鉤塞306上提供的開口3064與根據上述示例中的開口不同。開口3064包括:一開口傾斜部3064a;以及一相對表面3064b,其以與開口傾斜部3064a相同方向且與其平行地傾斜。開口3064包括:一凹部4064,作為導引部、凹陷部或凹部且被提供在端面306a側上的開口3064的第二埠3064d中,以在分離方向Q1中凹陷。凹部4064包括:一第一表面4064a, 其平行於端面306a且延續至相對表面3064b,並且包括一第二表面4064b,其連接至第一表面4064a和端面306a。 The opening 3064 provided on the cover hook 306 according to the seventh example is different from the opening according to the above example. The opening 3064 includes: an opening inclined portion 3064a; and an opposite surface 3064b that is inclined in the same direction as and parallel to the opening inclined portion 3064a. The opening 3064 includes a recess 4064 as a guide, a recess or a recess and is provided in the second turn 3064d of the opening 3064 on the side of the end face 306a to be recessed in the separating direction Q1. The recess 4064 includes: a first surface 4064a, It is parallel to end face 306a and continues to opposing surface 3064b and includes a second surface 4064b that is coupled to first surface 4064a and end face 306a.

在第七示例中,在開口3064中,開口傾斜部3064a與相對表面3064b之間的間隔用“t”表示,附接旋轉方向R中端面306b側上的開口3064的寬度用“a”表示,附接旋轉方向R中第二埠3064d側上的開口3064的寬度用“b”表示。第一埠3064c用作為排出埠(下游端埠、排出口、或開口的第一部分)。第二埠3064d用作為進入埠(上游端埠、進入口、或開口的第二部分)。開口3064的第二埠3064d對應於由開口傾斜部3064a和端面306a提供的端部S33與附接旋轉方向R中第二表面4064b之間的寬度,該寬度被假定為旋轉方向R中導引部的寬度“b”。由相對表面3064b與第一表面4064a定義的端部S35與由第二表面4064b和端面306a定義的端部S34是倒角弧狀。 In the seventh example, in the opening 3064, the interval between the opening inclined portion 3064a and the opposite surface 3064b is indicated by "t", and the width of the opening 3064 on the side of the end surface 306b in the attachment rotational direction R is indicated by "a", The width of the opening 3064 on the side of the second turn 3064d in the attachment rotational direction R is indicated by "b". The first jaw 3064c is used as a discharge port (a downstream end port, a discharge port, or a first portion of the opening). The second jaw 3064d is used as an entry 埠 (upstream end 埠, access port, or second portion of the opening). The second weir 3064d of the opening 3064 corresponds to a width between the end portion S33 provided by the opening inclined portion 3064a and the end surface 306a and the second surface 4064b in the attachment rotational direction R, which width is assumed to be the guide portion in the rotational direction R The width "b". The end S35 defined by the opposing surface 3064b and the first surface 4064a and the end S34 defined by the second surface 4064b and the end surface 306a are chamfered.

此外,滿足(蓋鉤340的厚度“d”)(開口3063的間隔“t”)的關係、(開口3064的第一埠3064c的寬度“a”)<(蓋鉤340的上表面340c的寬度“e”)的關係、以及(蓋鉤340的底面340b的寬度“c”)<(導引部(凹部)4064的寬度“b”)的關係。 In addition, it is satisfied (the thickness "d" of the cover hook 340) (relationship of the interval "t" of the opening 3063), (the width "a" of the first opening 3064c of the opening 3064) < (the width "e" of the upper surface 340c of the cover hook 340), and (the cover hook 340) The width "c" of the bottom surface 340b is < (the width "b" of the guide portion (recess) 4064).

將參考第44A圖至第44G圖描述如上所述配置在開口3064處之蓋鉤340的進入操作。如第44A圖所示,當容器前端蓋34在附接旋轉方向R中旋轉時,蓋鉤340自第44A圖中的端面306a的右側移動至左側。當蓋鉤340位於開口3064的第二埠3064d的導引部4064之上時,蓋鉤340朝向開口3064壓按,如第44B圖所示。因此,因為滿足(蓋鉤340的底面340b的寬度“c”)<(導引部的寬度“b”)的關係,蓋鉤340由於重力落下,並且連續地移動,同時保持相同姿勢直至傾斜部340a與開口傾斜部3064a接觸,如第44C圖所示。 The entry operation of the cover hook 340 disposed at the opening 3064 as described above will be described with reference to FIGS. 44A to 44G. As shown in Fig. 44A, when the container front end cover 34 is rotated in the attachment rotational direction R, the cover hook 340 is moved from the right side to the left side of the end surface 306a in Fig. 44A. When the cover hook 340 is positioned over the guide portion 4064 of the second turn 3064d of the opening 3064, the cover hook 340 is pressed toward the opening 3064 as shown in FIG. 44B. Therefore, since the relationship (the width "c" of the bottom surface 340b of the cover hook 340) < (the width "b" of the guide portion) is satisfied, the cover hook 340 is dropped by gravity and continuously moves while maintaining the same posture up to the inclined portion. 340a is in contact with the opening inclined portion 3064a as shown in Fig. 44C.

當突起的傾斜部340a與開口傾斜部3064a接觸時,如第44D圖所示,蓋鉤340的底面340b與第一埠3064c的端部S41接觸,並且蓋鉤340在圖式中逆時針方向旋轉。此時,因為滿足 (蓋鉤340的厚度“d”)(開口3064的間隔“t”)的關係,由蓋鉤340的傾斜部340a和上表面340c定義的端部S2經過由附接旋轉方向R的下游側上的開口傾斜部3064a和端面306a定義的端部S33。此外,如第44E圖所示,蓋鉤340通過開口3064,附接旋轉方向R中蓋鉤340的底面340b的上游端S4經過位於附接旋轉方向R的上游側上的第一埠3064c的端部S35,如第44F圖所示。因此,如第44G圖所示,蓋鉤340的上表面340c與端面306b彼此面對。此時,如果端面306b與位於分離方向Q1的下游側上的容器主體33的元件之間的間隔SP1的長度被設置以使蓋鉤340可以充分地旋轉且端部S4可以經過第一埠3064c,開口3062中蓋鉤340的旋轉位移被順利地執行,這是較佳的。 When the inclined portion 340a of the protrusion comes into contact with the opening inclined portion 3064a, as shown in Fig. 44D, the bottom surface 340b of the cover hook 340 comes into contact with the end portion S41 of the first weir 3064c, and the cover hook 340 rotates counterclockwise in the drawing. . At this time, because it is satisfied (the thickness "d" of the cover hook 340) (The relationship of the interval "t" of the opening 3064), the end portion S2 defined by the inclined portion 340a of the cover hook 340 and the upper surface 340c is defined by the opening inclined portion 3064a and the end surface 306a on the downstream side of the attachment rotational direction R End S33. Further, as shown in FIG. 44E, the cover hook 340 passes through the opening 3064, and the upstream end S4 of the bottom surface 340b of the cover hook 340 attached in the rotational direction R passes through the end of the first weir 3064c on the upstream side of the attachment rotational direction R. The portion S35 is as shown in Fig. 44F. Therefore, as shown in Fig. 44G, the upper surface 340c and the end surface 306b of the cover hook 340 face each other. At this time, if the length of the interval SP1 between the end surface 306b and the element of the container body 33 on the downstream side of the separation direction Q1 is set so that the cover hook 340 can be sufficiently rotated and the end portion S4 can pass the first jaw 3064c, The rotational displacement of the cover hook 340 in the opening 3062 is smoothly performed, which is preferable.

也就是說,開口3064被配置以當突起的傾斜部340a與開口傾斜部3064a接觸時,蓋鉤340通過開口3064。 That is, the opening 3064 is configured to pass the cover hook 340 through the opening 3064 when the inclined portion 340a of the protrusion comes into contact with the opening inclined portion 3064a.

當蓋鉤340通過如上所述在蓋鉤塞306上以傾斜方式提供的開口3064時,獲得接合狀態,其中蓋鉤340的上表面340c與蓋鉤塞306的端面306b彼此面對,同時保持彼此鉤住的狀態。 因此,可以確保容器主體33與容器前端蓋34之間的附接狀態,並且簡化裝配和附接。 When the cover hook 340 passes through the opening 3064 provided in an inclined manner on the cover hook 306 as described above, the engaged state is obtained in which the upper surface 340c of the cover hook 340 and the end surface 306b of the cover hook 306 face each other while maintaining each other Hooked state. Therefore, the attachment state between the container main body 33 and the container front end cover 34 can be ensured, and assembly and attachment are simplified.

此外,開口3064的第一埠3064c的寬度“a”小於蓋鉤340的上表面340c的寬度“e”,以便甚至當開口3064與蓋鉤340彼此面對時,蓋鉤340不容易通過開口3064。 Further, the width "a" of the first turn 3064c of the opening 3064 is smaller than the width "e" of the upper surface 340c of the cover hook 340, so that the cover hook 340 does not easily pass through the opening 3064 even when the opening 3064 and the cover hook 340 face each other. .

因此,例如,當碳粉容器32附接至碳粉填充裝置60以及與碳粉填充裝置60分離時,即使用於壓縮容器擋門彈簧336的應力(恢復力)和通過壓縮噴嘴擋門彈簧613引起的應力被施加於碳粉容器32,容器主體33和容器前端蓋34不是彼此分離。因此,可以改善當碳粉容器32附接和分離時的可操作性。 Therefore, for example, when the toner container 32 is attached to and separated from the toner filling device 60, even the stress (restoring force) for compressing the container door spring 336 and the shutter spring 613 passing through the compression nozzle The induced stress is applied to the toner container 32, and the container main body 33 and the container front end cover 34 are not separated from each other. Therefore, operability when the toner container 32 is attached and separated can be improved.

與第四示例類似,在第五至第七示例中,蓋鉤340被壓按且進入開口。然而,本發明並不侷限於此。如第45A圖至第45C圖所示,可以為當容器前端蓋34在附接旋轉方向R中旋轉同時容器前端蓋34與蓋鉤塞306接觸時蓋鉤340進入開口的結構。例如, 如第45A圖所示,底面340b相對於端面306b向下突出f。當容器主體33插入容器前端蓋34且抵接蓋鉤塞306時,蓋鉤340在Q方向中被彈性變形(第45B圖)。因為蓋鉤340的上表面340c的寬度“e”被設置為小於每一個開口的第二埠的寬度“b”,當容器前端蓋34自第45B圖所示的狀態在附接旋轉方向R中旋轉且蓋鉤340位於每一個開口的第二埠側時,蓋鉤340隨著在附接旋轉方向R中的移動而開始掉落(第45C圖)。因此,可以通過僅旋轉容器前端蓋34而不是如在第四示例中在分離方向Q1中壓按包括蓋鉤340的容器前端蓋34而容易地接合蓋鉤340與蓋鉤塞306。 因此,可以改善附接可操作性。第45A圖至第45C圖被應用於第六示例的開口,然而,其適用於第五和第七示例的開口。 Similar to the fourth example, in the fifth to seventh examples, the cover hook 340 is pressed and enters the opening. However, the invention is not limited thereto. As shown in FIGS. 45A to 45C, the cover hook 340 may enter the opening when the container front end cover 34 is rotated in the attachment rotational direction R while the container front end cover 34 is in contact with the cover hook 306. E.g, As shown in Fig. 45A, the bottom surface 340b protrudes downward downward with respect to the end surface 306b. When the container body 33 is inserted into the container front end cover 34 and abuts against the cover hook 306, the cover hook 340 is elastically deformed in the Q direction (Fig. 45B). Since the width "e" of the upper surface 340c of the cover hook 340 is set to be smaller than the width "b" of the second turn of each opening, when the container front end cover 34 is in the attached rotational direction R from the state shown in Fig. 45B When the cover hook 340 is rotated and the cover hook 340 is located on the second side of each opening, the cover hook 340 starts to fall as it moves in the attachment rotational direction R (Fig. 45C). Therefore, the cover hook 340 and the cover hook 306 can be easily engaged by merely rotating the container front end cover 34 instead of pressing the container front end cover 34 including the cover hook 340 in the separation direction Q1 as in the fourth example. Therefore, attachment operability can be improved. 45A to 45C are applied to the opening of the sixth example, however, it is applicable to the openings of the fifth and seventh examples.

下面將描述第八至第十示例。在第八至第十示例中,在蓋鉤塞306上提供的開口與第四示例的開口3061相同,作為突起且被提供在容器前端蓋34側上的蓋鉤的形狀是不同的。在下面的描述中,假定蓋鉤與前表面34c之間的關係與第45A圖至第45C圖所示的關係相同,然而,在第四至第七示例中描述的關係是適用的。 The eighth to tenth examples will be described below. In the eighth to tenth examples, the opening provided on the cover hook 306 is the same as the opening 3061 of the fourth example, and the shape of the cover hook as the protrusion and provided on the container front end cover 34 side is different. In the following description, it is assumed that the relationship between the cover hook and the front surface 34c is the same as that shown in Figs. 45A to 45C, however, the relationships described in the fourth to seventh examples are applicable.

第八示例 Eighth example

第46A圖至第46C圖說明根據第八示例中的蓋鉤和開口。第46A圖為說明在容器主體33上提供的開口3061和在容器前端蓋34上提供的蓋鉤3401的結構的局部放大立體圖。第46B圖為用於解釋開口3061的結構的放大視圖。第46C圖為用於解釋蓋鉤3401的結構的放大視圖。 46A to 46C illustrate the cover hook and the opening according to the eighth example. Fig. 46A is a partially enlarged perspective view showing the structure of the opening 3061 provided on the container main body 33 and the cover hook 3401 provided on the container front end cover 34. Fig. 46B is an enlarged view for explaining the structure of the opening 3061. Fig. 46C is an enlarged view for explaining the structure of the cover hook 3401.

在第八示例中,蓋鉤3401包括:突起的傾斜部3401a,其在附接旋轉方向R中傾斜,在作為位於附接旋轉方向R的端部的端面上。突起的傾斜部3401a是具有平坦頂面的傾斜表面。蓋鉤3401的表面被稱為蓋鉤3401的底面3401b,其中蓋鉤3401的表面自傾斜部3401a延續且面向端面306a。底面3401b用作為突起的第二表面。蓋鉤340的表面被稱為蓋鉤3401的上表面3401c,其中蓋鉤340的表面自傾斜部3401a延續且位於與蓋鉤3401的底 In the eighth example, the cover hook 3401 includes a protruding inclined portion 3401a that is inclined in the attachment rotational direction R on the end surface as the end portion in the attachment rotational direction R. The inclined portion 3401a of the protrusion is an inclined surface having a flat top surface. The surface of the cover hook 3401 is referred to as a bottom surface 3401b of the cover hook 3401, wherein the surface of the cover hook 3401 continues from the inclined portion 3401a and faces the end surface 306a. The bottom surface 3401b serves as a second surface of the protrusion. The surface of the cover hook 340 is referred to as the upper surface 3401c of the cover hook 3401, wherein the surface of the cover hook 340 continues from the inclined portion 3401a and is located at the bottom of the cover hook 3401

面3401b相對的一側上。上表面3401c用作為突起的第一表面。 位於與突起的傾斜部3401a相對的表面被稱為蓋鉤3401的側表面3401d。 On the opposite side of the face 3401b. The upper surface 3401c serves as a first surface of the protrusion. A surface located opposite to the inclined portion 3401a of the protrusion is referred to as a side surface 3401d of the cover hook 3401.

突起的傾斜部3401a是與開口傾斜部3061a平行的傾斜表面,蓋鉤3401的側表面3401d被提供為相對於附接旋轉方向R傾斜一銳角而不是與開口傾斜部3061a平行的傾斜表面。此外,在附接旋轉方向R中蓋鉤3401的底面3401b的寬度用“c”表示,在附接旋轉方向R中蓋鉤3401的上表面3401c的寬度用“e”表示,在附接/分離方向中蓋鉤3401的底面3401b與上表面3401c之間的厚度用“d”表示,其中該厚度作為蓋鉤3401的厚度。在蓋鉤3401中,蓋鉤3401的上表面3401c的寬度“e”大於蓋鉤3401的底面3401b的寬度“c”。蓋鉤3401具有一梯形橫截面,其中突起的傾斜部3401a作為相對於附接旋轉方向R在分離方向Q1中自蓋鉤3401的上表面3401c至蓋鉤3401的底面3401b向下傾斜的傾斜表面。 The inclined portion 3401a of the protrusion is an inclined surface parallel to the opening inclined portion 3061a, and the side surface 3401d of the cover hook 3401 is provided to be inclined at an acute angle with respect to the attachment rotation direction R instead of the inclined surface parallel to the opening inclined portion 3061a. Further, the width of the bottom surface 3401b of the cover hook 3401 in the attachment rotation direction R is indicated by "c", and the width of the upper surface 3401c of the cover hook 3401 is indicated by "e" in the attachment rotation direction R, in attachment/detachment The thickness between the bottom surface 3401b and the upper surface 3401c of the direction cover hook 3401 is indicated by "d", which is the thickness of the cover hook 3401. In the cover hook 3401, the width "e" of the upper surface 3401c of the cover hook 3401 is larger than the width "c" of the bottom surface 3401b of the cover hook 3401. The cover hook 3401 has a trapezoidal cross section in which the inclined portion 3401a of the protrusion is an inclined surface that is inclined downward from the upper surface 3401c of the cover hook 3401 to the bottom surface 3401b of the cover hook 3401 in the separation direction Q1 with respect to the attachment rotational direction R.

在第八示例中,滿足(蓋鉤3401的厚度“d”)(開口3061的間隔“t”)的關係、(開口3061的第一埠3061c的寬度“a”)<(蓋鉤3401的上表面3401c的寬度“e”)的關係、以及(蓋鉤3401的底面3401b的寬度“c”)<(開口3061的第二埠3061d的寬度“b”)的關係。 In the eighth example, it is satisfied (the thickness "d" of the cover hook 3401) Relationship between (the interval "t" of the opening 3061), (the width "a" of the first 埠 3061c of the opening 3061) < (the width "e" of the upper surface 3401c of the cover hook 3401), and (the cover hook 3401) The width "c" of the bottom surface 3401b is < (the width "b" of the second turn 3061d of the opening 3061).

將參考第47A圖至第47H圖描述如上所述配置在開口3061處之蓋鉤3401的進入操作。如第47A圖所示,當容器前端蓋34在附接旋轉方向R中旋轉時,蓋鉤3401自第47A圖中的端面306a的右側移動至左側。如第47B圖和第47C圖所示,當蓋鉤3401位於開口3061的第二埠3061d之上時,因為滿足(蓋鉤3401的底面3401b的寬度“c”)<(開口3061的第二埠3061d的寬度“b”)的關係,蓋鉤340落下同時被彈性變形,然後恢復。因此,蓋鉤3401的側表面3401d與端部S1接觸,如第44D圖所示。 The entry operation of the cover hook 3401 disposed at the opening 3061 as described above will be described with reference to FIGS. 47A to 47H. As shown in Fig. 47A, when the container front end cover 34 is rotated in the attachment rotational direction R, the cover hook 3401 is moved from the right side to the left side of the end surface 306a in Fig. 47A. As shown in FIGS. 47B and 47C, when the cover hook 3401 is positioned above the second turn 3061d of the opening 3061, it satisfies (the width "c" of the bottom surface 3401b of the cover hook 3401) < (the second turn of the opening 3061) The relationship of the width "b" of 3061d, the cover hook 340 is dropped while being elastically deformed, and then restored. Therefore, the side surface 3401d of the cover hook 3401 is in contact with the end portion S1 as shown in Fig. 44D.

當蓋鉤3401的側表面3401d與端部S1接觸時,蓋鉤3401通過使用接觸點作為樞軸逆時針方向旋轉,如第46E圖所 示。然後,由突起的傾斜部3401a和蓋鉤3401的上表面3401c定義的端部S42經過由附接旋轉方向R的下游側上的開口傾斜部3061a和端面306a定義的插入側上的端部S3。此時,因為滿足(蓋鉤3401的厚度“d”)(開口3061的間隔“t”)的關係,蓋鉤3401的側表面3401d被相對表面3061b導引,並且通過開口3061,如第46F圖和第46G圖所示。當在附接旋轉方向R中蓋鉤3401的上表面3401c的上游端S45經過位於附接旋轉方向R的上游側上的開口3061的第一埠3061c的端部S5時,蓋鉤3401的上表面3401c與端面306b彼此面對,如第47H圖所示。此時,如果端面306b與位於分離方向Q1的下游側上的容器主體33的元件之間的間隔SP1的長度被設置以使蓋鉤340可以充分地旋轉且端部S4可以經過第一埠3061c,開口3061中蓋鉤340的旋轉位移被順利地執行,這是較佳的。 When the side surface 3401d of the cover hook 3401 is in contact with the end portion S1, the cover hook 3401 is rotated counterclockwise by using the contact point as shown in Fig. 46E. Then, the end portion S42 defined by the inclined portion 3401a of the protrusion and the upper surface 3401c of the cover hook 3401 passes through the end portion S3 on the insertion side defined by the opening inclined portion 3061a and the end surface 306a on the downstream side of the attachment rotational direction R. At this time, because it is satisfied (the thickness "d" of the cover hook 3401) (The relationship of the interval "t" of the opening 3061), the side surface 3401d of the cover hook 3401 is guided by the opposite surface 3061b, and passes through the opening 3061 as shown in Figs. 46F and 46G. When the upstream end S45 of the upper surface 3401c of the cover hook 3401 in the attachment rotational direction R passes through the end S5 of the first jaw 3061c of the opening 3061 on the upstream side of the attachment rotational direction R, the upper surface of the cover hook 3401 The 3401c and the end surface 306b face each other as shown in Fig. 47H. At this time, if the length of the interval SP1 between the end surface 306b and the element of the container body 33 on the downstream side of the separation direction Q1 is set so that the cover hook 340 can be sufficiently rotated and the end portion S4 can pass the first 埠 3061c, The rotational displacement of the cover hook 340 in the opening 3061 is smoothly performed, which is preferable.

也就是說,開口3061被配置以當突起的傾斜部3401a與開口傾斜部3061a接觸時,蓋鉤3401通過開口3061。 That is, the opening 3061 is configured to pass the cover hook 3401 through the opening 3061 when the inclined portion 3401a of the protrusion comes into contact with the opening inclined portion 3061a.

當蓋鉤3401通過如上所述在蓋鉤塞306上以傾斜方式提供的開口3061時,獲得接合狀態,其中蓋鉤3401的上表面3401c與蓋鉤塞3061的端面306b彼此面對,同時保持彼此鉤住的狀態。 因此,可以確保容器主體33與容器前端蓋34之間的附接狀態,並且簡化裝配和附接。 When the cover hook 3401 passes through the opening 3061 provided in an inclined manner on the cover hook 306 as described above, the engaged state is obtained in which the upper surface 3401c of the cover hook 3401 and the end surface 306b of the cover hook 3061 face each other while maintaining each other Hooked state. Therefore, the attachment state between the container main body 33 and the container front end cover 34 can be ensured, and assembly and attachment are simplified.

此外,開口3061的第一埠3061c的寬度“a”小於蓋鉤3401的上表面3401c的寬度“e”,以便甚至當開口3061與蓋鉤3401彼此面對時,蓋鉤3401不容易通過開口3061。 Further, the width "a" of the first turn 3061c of the opening 3061 is smaller than the width "e" of the upper surface 3401c of the cover hook 3401, so that the cover hook 3401 does not easily pass through the opening 3061 even when the opening 3061 and the cover hook 3401 face each other. .

因此,例如,當碳粉容器32附接至碳粉填充裝置60以及與碳粉填充裝置60分離時,即使用於壓縮容器擋門彈簧336的應力(恢復力)和通過壓縮噴嘴擋門彈簧613引起的應力被施加於碳粉容器32,容器主體33和容器前端蓋34不是彼此分離。因此,可以改善當碳粉容器32附接和分離時的可操作性。 Therefore, for example, when the toner container 32 is attached to and separated from the toner filling device 60, even the stress (restoring force) for compressing the container door spring 336 and the shutter spring 613 passing through the compression nozzle The induced stress is applied to the toner container 32, and the container main body 33 and the container front end cover 34 are not separated from each other. Therefore, operability when the toner container 32 is attached and separated can be improved.

第九示例 Ninth example

第48A圖至第48C圖說明根據第九示例中的蓋鉤和開口。第48A圖為說明在容器主體33上提供的開口3061和作為突起且被提供在容器前端蓋34上的蓋鉤3402的結構的局部放大立體圖。第48B圖為用於解釋開口3061的結構的放大視圖。第48C圖為用於解釋蓋鉤3402的結構的放大視圖。 48A to 48C illustrate the cover hook and the opening according to the ninth example. Fig. 48A is a partially enlarged perspective view showing the structure of the opening 3061 provided on the container main body 33 and the cover hook 3402 as a projection and provided on the container front end cover 34. Fig. 48B is an enlarged view for explaining the structure of the opening 3061. Fig. 48C is an enlarged view for explaining the structure of the cover hook 3402.

在第九示例中,附接旋轉方向R中蓋鉤3402的上游部的形狀與第八示例的不同。 In the ninth example, the shape of the upstream portion of the cover hook 3402 in the attachment rotation direction R is different from that of the eighth example.

突起的傾斜部3402a是與開口傾斜部3061a平行的傾斜表面。蓋鉤3402的側表面3402d被提供以在附接旋轉方向R中凹陷而不是與開口傾斜部3061a平行。凹陷部包括:一第一表面4402a,自側表面3402d延續且與端面306a平行;以及一第二表面4402b,連接第一表面4402a與作為突起的第二表面的蓋鉤3402的底面3402b。 The inclined portion 3402a of the protrusion is an inclined surface parallel to the opening inclined portion 3061a. The side surface 3402d of the cover hook 3402 is provided to be recessed in the attachment rotational direction R instead of being parallel to the opening inclined portion 3061a. The recess includes a first surface 4402a extending from the side surface 3402d and parallel to the end surface 306a, and a second surface 4402b connecting the first surface 4402a with the bottom surface 3402b of the cover hook 3402 as the second surface of the protrusion.

在蓋鉤3402中,附接旋轉方向R中蓋鉤3402的底面3402b的寬度用“c”表示,在附接旋轉方向R中作為突起的第一表面的蓋鉤3402的上表面3402c的寬度用“e”表示,在附接/分離方向中蓋鉤3402的底面3402b與上表面3402c之間的厚度用“d”表示,其中該厚度作為蓋鉤3402的厚度。在蓋鉤3402中,蓋鉤3402的上表面3402c的寬度“e”大於蓋鉤3402的底面3402b的寬度“c”。突起的傾斜部3402a被提供為在分離方向Q1中自蓋鉤3402的上表面3402c至蓋鉤3402的下表面3402b向下傾斜的傾斜表面。 In the cover hook 3402, the width of the bottom surface 3402b of the cover hook 3402 in the attachment rotational direction R is indicated by "c", and the width of the upper surface 3402c of the cover hook 3402 as the first surface of the protrusion in the attachment rotational direction R is used. "e" indicates that the thickness between the bottom surface 3402b and the upper surface 3402c of the cover hook 3402 in the attachment/separation direction is represented by "d", which is the thickness of the cover hook 3402. In the cover hook 3402, the width "e" of the upper surface 3402c of the cover hook 3402 is larger than the width "c" of the bottom surface 3402b of the cover hook 3402. The inclined portion 3402a of the protrusion is provided as an inclined surface that is inclined downward from the upper surface 3402c of the cover hook 3402 to the lower surface 3402b of the cover hook 3402 in the separation direction Q1.

在第九示例中,滿足(蓋鉤3402的厚度“d”)(開口3061的間隔“t”)的關係、(開口3061的第一埠3061c的寬度“a”)<(蓋鉤3402的上表面3402c的寬度“e”)的關係、以及(蓋鉤3402的底面3402b的寬度“c”)<(開口3061的第二埠3061d的寬度“b”)的關係。 In the ninth example, it is satisfied (the thickness "d" of the cover hook 3402) (relationship of the interval "t" of the opening 3061), (the width "a" of the first 埠 3061c of the opening 3061) < relationship (the width "e" of the upper surface 3402c of the cover hook 3402), and (the cover hook 3402) The width "c" of the bottom surface 3402b is < (the width "b" of the second turn 3061d of the opening 3061).

將參考第49A圖至第49H圖描述如上所述配置在開口3061處之蓋鉤3402的進入操作。如第49A圖所示,當容器前端蓋34在附接旋轉方向R中旋轉時,蓋鉤3402自第49A圖的端面 306a的右側移動至左側。如第49B圖和第49C圖所示,當蓋鉤3402位於開口3061的第二埠3061d之上時,因為滿足(蓋鉤3402的底面3402b的寬度“c”)<(開口3061的第二埠3061d的寬度“b”)的關係,蓋鉤3402落下,同時被彈性變形,然後恢復。 因此,如第49D圖所示,由蓋鉤的底面3402b與第二表面4402b定義的端部S54與相對表面3061b接觸。 The entry operation of the cover hook 3402 disposed at the opening 3061 as described above will be described with reference to FIGS. 49A to 49H. As shown in Fig. 49A, when the container front end cover 34 is rotated in the attachment rotational direction R, the cover hook 3402 is from the end face of Fig. 49A. Move the right side of 306a to the left. As shown in FIGS. 49B and 49C, when the cover hook 3402 is positioned above the second turn 3061d of the opening 3061, it is satisfied (the width "c" of the bottom surface 3402b of the cover hook 3402) < (the second turn of the opening 3061) The relationship of the width "b" of 3061d, the cover hook 3402 falls, is elastically deformed, and then recovers. Therefore, as shown in Fig. 49D, the end portion S54 defined by the bottom surface 3402b of the cover hook and the second surface 4402b is in contact with the opposite surface 3061b.

當端部S54與相對表面3061b接觸時,蓋鉤3402通過使用接觸點作為樞軸逆時針方向旋轉,如第49E圖所示。然後,由蓋鉤3402的傾斜部3402a和上表面3402c定義的端部S52經過由位於附接旋轉方向R的下游側上的開口傾斜部3061a和端面306a定義的插入側上的端部S3。當蓋鉤3402進一步逆時針方向旋轉時,由蓋鉤的側表面3402d和第一表面4402a定義的端部S56與開口3061的第二埠3061d的端部S1接觸,如第49E圖所示。然後,蓋鉤3402通過使用接觸部作為樞軸逆時針方向旋轉。此時,因為滿足(蓋鉤3402的厚度“d”)(開口3061的間隔“t”)的關係,蓋鉤3402的端部S56被相對表面3061b導引,並且通過開口3061,如第49F圖和第49G圖所示。當蓋鉤3402的端部S56經過位於附接旋轉方向R的上游側上的開口3061的第一埠3061c的端部S5時,蓋鉤3402的上表面3402c與端面306b彼此面對,如第49H圖所示。此時,如果端面306b與位於分離方向Q1的下游側上的容器主體33的元件之間的間隔SP1的長度被設置以使蓋鉤3402可以充分地旋轉且端部S55可以經過第一埠3061c,開口3061中蓋鉤3402的旋轉位移被順利地執行,這是較佳的。 When the end portion S54 is in contact with the opposite surface 3061b, the cover hook 3402 is rotated counterclockwise by using the contact point as shown in Fig. 49E. Then, the end portion S52 defined by the inclined portion 3402a and the upper surface 3402c of the cover hook 3402 passes through the end portion S3 on the insertion side defined by the opening inclined portion 3061a and the end surface 306a on the downstream side of the attachment rotational direction R. When the cover hook 3402 is further rotated in the counterclockwise direction, the end portion S56 defined by the side surface 3402d of the cover hook and the first surface 4402a is in contact with the end S1 of the second turn 3061d of the opening 3061 as shown in Fig. 49E. Then, the cover hook 3402 is rotated counterclockwise by using the contact portion as a pivot. At this time, because it is satisfied (the thickness "d" of the cover hook 3402) (The relationship of the interval "t" of the opening 3061), the end portion S56 of the cover hook 3402 is guided by the opposite surface 3061b, and passes through the opening 3061 as shown in Figs. 49F and 49G. When the end portion S56 of the cover hook 3402 passes through the end portion S5 of the first opening 3061c of the opening 3061 on the upstream side of the attachment rotation direction R, the upper surface 3402c and the end surface 306b of the cover hook 3402 face each other, as in the 49H The figure shows. At this time, if the length of the interval SP1 between the end surface 306b and the element of the container main body 33 on the downstream side in the separation direction Q1 is set so that the cover hook 3402 can be sufficiently rotated and the end portion S55 can pass the first 埠 3061c, The rotational displacement of the cover hook 3402 in the opening 3061 is smoothly performed, which is preferable.

也就是說,開口3061被配置以當突起的傾斜部3402a與開口傾斜部3061a接觸時,蓋鉤3402通過開口3061。 That is, the opening 3061 is configured to pass the cover hook 3402 through the opening 3061 when the inclined portion 3402a of the protrusion comes into contact with the opening inclined portion 3061a.

當蓋鉤3402通過如上所述在蓋鉤塞306上以傾斜方式提供的開口3061時,獲得接合狀態,其中蓋鉤3402的上表面3402c與蓋鉤塞3061的端面306b彼此面對,同時保持彼此鉤住的狀態。因此,可以確保容器主體33與容器前端蓋34之間的附接狀態,並且簡化裝配和附接。 When the cover hook 3402 passes through the opening 3061 provided in an inclined manner on the cover hook 306 as described above, an engaged state is obtained in which the upper surface 3402c of the cover hook 3402 and the end surface 306b of the cover hook 3061 face each other while maintaining each other Hooked state. Therefore, the attachment state between the container main body 33 and the container front end cover 34 can be ensured, and assembly and attachment are simplified.

此外,開口3061的第一埠3061c的寬度“a”小於蓋鉤3402的上表面3402c的寬度“e”,以便甚至當開口3061與蓋鉤3402彼此面對時,蓋鉤3402不容易通過開口3061。因此,例如,當碳粉容器32附接至碳粉填充裝置60以及與碳粉填充裝置60分離時,即使用於壓縮容器擋門彈簧336的應力(恢復力)或通過壓縮噴嘴擋門彈簧613引起的應力被施加於碳粉容器32,容器主體33和容器前端蓋34不是彼此分離。因此,可以改善當碳粉容器32附接和分離時的可操作性。 Further, the width "a" of the first turn 3061c of the opening 3061 is smaller than the width "e" of the upper surface 3402c of the cover hook 3402, so that the cover hook 3402 does not easily pass through the opening 3061 even when the opening 3061 and the cover hook 3402 face each other. . Therefore, for example, when the toner container 32 is attached to and separated from the toner filling device 60, even if it is used to compress the stress (recovery force) of the container door spring 336 or by compressing the nozzle door spring 613 The induced stress is applied to the toner container 32, and the container main body 33 and the container front end cover 34 are not separated from each other. Therefore, operability when the toner container 32 is attached and separated can be improved.

第十示例 Tenth example

第50A圖至第50C圖說明根據第十示例中的蓋鉤和開口。第50A圖為說明在容器主體33上提供的開口3061和作為突起且被提供在容器前端蓋34上的蓋鉤3403的結構的局部放大立體圖。第50B圖為用於解釋開口3061的結構的放大視圖。第50C圖為用於解釋蓋鉤3403的結構的放大視圖。 Fig. 50A to Fig. 50C illustrate the cover hook and the opening according to the tenth example. Fig. 50A is a partially enlarged perspective view showing the structure of the opening 3061 provided on the container main body 33 and the cover hook 3403 which is provided as a projection and provided on the container front end cover 34. Fig. 50B is an enlarged view for explaining the structure of the opening 3061. Fig. 50C is an enlarged view for explaining the structure of the cover hook 3403.

在第十示例中,蓋鉤3403的凹陷部的形狀與第九示例的不同。其他結構與第九示例的相同,因此,將省略其詳細說明。 In the tenth example, the shape of the depressed portion of the cover hook 3403 is different from that of the ninth example. Other structures are the same as those of the ninth example, and thus detailed description thereof will be omitted.

凹陷部包括:一第一表面4403a,自側表面3403d延續且與端面306a平行;一第二表面4403b,延續至底面3403b;以及一第三表面4403c,連接第一表面4403a和第二表面4403b。第三表面4403c具有一曲面形狀。 The recess includes a first surface 4403a extending from the side surface 3403d and parallel to the end surface 306a, a second surface 4403b continuing to the bottom surface 3403b, and a third surface 4403c connecting the first surface 4403a and the second surface 4403b. The third surface 4403c has a curved shape.

第51A圖至第51H圖說明在開口3061處之蓋鉤3403的進入操作。第51A圖至第51H圖所示的進入操作是與第49A圖至第49H圖所示的進入操作相同。因此,將省略其說明。 FIGS. 51A through 51H illustrate the entry operation of the cover hook 3403 at the opening 3061. The entry operation shown in Figs. 51A to 51H is the same as the entry operation shown in Figs. 49A to 49H. Therefore, the description thereof will be omitted.

第十一示例 Eleventh example

第52A圖至第52C圖說明根據第十一示例中的蓋鉤和開口。第52A圖為說明在容器主體33上提供的開口3062和作為突起且被提供在容器前端蓋34上的蓋鉤3404的結構的局部放大立體圖。第52B圖為用於解釋開口3062的結構的放大視圖。第52C圖為用於解釋蓋鉤3404的結構的放大視圖。開口3062的形狀與第五示例的相同。 52A to 52C illustrate the cover hook and the opening according to the eleventh example. Fig. 52A is a partially enlarged perspective view showing the structure of the opening 3062 provided on the container main body 33 and the cover hook 3404 which is provided as a projection and provided on the container front end cover 34. Fig. 52B is an enlarged view for explaining the structure of the opening 3062. Fig. 52C is an enlarged view for explaining the structure of the cover hook 3404. The shape of the opening 3062 is the same as that of the fifth example.

在第十一示例中,蓋鉤3404包括:突起的傾斜部3404a,其在附接旋轉方向R中傾斜,在作為位於附接旋轉方向R的下游側上的端部的端面上。突起的傾斜部3404a是具有平坦頂面的傾斜表面。第一表面4404a被提供以連接至傾斜部3404a的一端。 第一表面4404a包括:一直立表面,直立在與附接旋轉方向R垂直的方向中。作為突起的第二表面的蓋鉤3404的底面3404b面向端面306a。自突起的傾斜部3404a延續且位於與蓋鉤3404的底面3404b相對的表面被稱為蓋鉤3404的上表面3404c。上表面3404c用作為突起的第一表面。與突起的傾斜部3404a相對的傾斜表面用作為蓋鉤3404的側表面3404d。與第一表面4404a平行的第二表面4404b被提供在蓋鉤3404的側表面3404d與上表面3404c之間。 In the eleventh example, the cover hook 3404 includes a protruding inclined portion 3404a which is inclined in the attachment rotational direction R on the end face which is the end on the downstream side of the attachment rotational direction R. The inclined portion 3404a of the protrusion is an inclined surface having a flat top surface. The first surface 4404a is provided to be coupled to one end of the inclined portion 3404a. The first surface 4404a includes an upright surface that stands up in a direction perpendicular to the attachment rotational direction R. The bottom surface 3404b of the cover hook 3404 as the second surface of the protrusion faces the end surface 306a. The surface continuing from the raised inclined portion 3404a and located opposite the bottom surface 3404b of the cover hook 3404 is referred to as the upper surface 3404c of the cover hook 3404. The upper surface 3404c serves as a first surface of the protrusion. An inclined surface opposed to the inclined portion 3404a of the protrusion is used as the side surface 3404d of the cover hook 3404. A second surface 4404b parallel to the first surface 4404a is provided between the side surface 3404d and the upper surface 3404c of the cover hook 3404.

在蓋鉤3404中,附接旋轉方向R中蓋鉤3404的底面3404b的寬度用“c”表示,在附接旋轉方向R中蓋鉤3404的上表面3404c的寬度用“e”表示,在附接/分離方向中蓋鉤3404的底面3404b與上表面3404c之間的厚度用“d”表示,其中該厚度作為蓋鉤3404的厚度。在蓋鉤3404中,蓋鉤3404的上表面3404c的寬度“e”與蓋鉤3404的底面3404b的寬度“c”相同。 In the cover hook 3404, the width of the bottom surface 3404b of the cover hook 3404 in the attachment rotation direction R is indicated by "c", and the width of the upper surface 3404c of the cover hook 3404 is indicated by "e" in the attachment rotation direction R, The thickness between the bottom surface 3404b and the upper surface 3404c of the cover hook 3404 in the pick-and-detach direction is indicated by "d", which is the thickness of the cover hook 3404. In the cover hook 3404, the width "e" of the upper surface 3404c of the cover hook 3404 is the same as the width "c" of the bottom surface 3404b of the cover hook 3404.

在第十一示例中,滿足(蓋鉤3404的厚度“d”)(開口3062的間隔“t”)的關係、(開口3062的第一埠3062c的寬度“a”)<(蓋鉤3404的上表面3404c的寬度“e”)的關係、以及(蓋鉤3403的底面3403b的寬度“c”)<(開口3062的第二埠3062d的寬度“b”)的關係。 In the eleventh example, it is satisfied (the thickness "d" of the cover hook 3404) (relationship of the interval "t" of the opening 3062), (the width "a" of the first 埠 3062c of the opening 3062), < (the width "e" of the upper surface 3404c of the cover hook 3404), and (the cover hook 3403) The relationship of the width "c" of the bottom surface 3403b < (the width "b" of the second turn 3062d of the opening 3062).

將參考第53A圖至第53G圖描述如上所述配置在開口3062處之蓋鉤3404的進入操作。如第53A圖所示,當容器前端蓋34在附接旋轉方向R中旋轉時,蓋鉤3404自第53A圖中的端面306a的右側移動至左側。如第53B圖所示,當蓋鉤3404位於開口3062的第二埠3062d之上時,因為滿足(蓋鉤3404的底面3404b的寬度“c”)<(開口3062的第二埠3062d的寬度“b”)的關係,蓋鉤3404落在開口3062的第二埠3062d中,同時被彈 性變形,然後恢復。該落下繼續直至突起的傾斜部3404a與開口傾斜部3062a接觸,如第53C圖所示。 The entry operation of the cover hook 3404 disposed at the opening 3062 as described above will be described with reference to FIGS. 53A to 53G. As shown in Fig. 53A, when the container front end cover 34 is rotated in the attachment rotational direction R, the cover hook 3404 is moved from the right side of the end surface 306a in Fig. 53A to the left side. As shown in Fig. 53B, when the cover hook 3404 is positioned above the second turn 3062d of the opening 3062, it is satisfied (the width "c" of the bottom face 3404b of the cover hook 3404) < (the width of the second turn 3062d of the opening 3062" b"), the cover hook 3404 falls in the second jaw 3062d of the opening 3062, and is simultaneously bombed Sexual deformation and then recovery. This drop continues until the inclined portion 3404a of the protrusion comes into contact with the opening inclined portion 3062a as shown in Fig. 53C.

當突起的傾斜部3404a與開口傾斜部3062a接觸時,蓋鉤3404通過使用位於附接旋轉方向R的上游側上的蓋鉤3404的底面3404b的端部S74作為相對表面3062b上的樞軸在圖式中逆時針方向旋轉。隨後,如第53D圖所示,由蓋鉤3404的傾斜部3404a和上表面3404c定義的端部S72經過位於附接旋轉方向R的下游側上的開口3062的第二埠3062d的端部S13。此時,因為滿足(蓋鉤3404的厚度“d”)(開口3062的間隔“t”)的關係,蓋鉤3404的端部S72與開口傾斜部3062a接觸,且蓋鉤3404通過開口3062,如第53E圖所示。此時,蓋鉤3404通過使用開口傾斜部3062a與端部S72之間的接觸部作為樞軸順時針方向旋轉。如第53F圖所示,蓋鉤的底面3404b的端部S74經過位於附接旋轉方向R的上游側上的第一埠3062c的端部S15。因此,順時針方向旋轉的蓋鉤3404的側表面3404d通過第一埠3062c,且蓋鉤3404的上表面3404c與端面306b彼此面對,如第53G圖所示。此時,如果端面306b與位於分離方向Q1的下游側上的容器主體33的元件之間的間隔SP1的長度被設置以使蓋鉤3404可以充分地旋轉,且端部S74可以經過第一埠3062c,開口3062中蓋鉤3404的旋轉位移被順利地執行,這是較佳的。 When the inclined portion 3404a of the protrusion comes into contact with the opening inclined portion 3062a, the cover hook 3404 passes through the end portion S74 of the bottom surface 3404b of the cover hook 3404 on the upstream side of the attachment rotational direction R as a pivot on the opposite surface 3062b. Rotate counterclockwise in the formula. Subsequently, as shown in Fig. 53D, the end portion S72 defined by the inclined portion 3404a and the upper surface 3404c of the cover hook 3404 passes through the end portion S13 of the second turn 3062d of the opening 3062 on the downstream side of the attachment rotational direction R. At this time, because it is satisfied (the thickness "d" of the cover hook 3404) (The relationship of the interval "t" of the opening 3062), the end portion S72 of the cover hook 3404 is in contact with the opening inclined portion 3062a, and the cover hook 3404 is passed through the opening 3062 as shown in Fig. 53E. At this time, the cover hook 3404 is rotated in the clockwise direction by using the contact portion between the opening inclined portion 3062a and the end portion S72. As shown in Fig. 53F, the end portion S74 of the bottom surface 3404b of the cover hook passes through the end portion S15 of the first weir 3062c on the upstream side of the attachment rotational direction R. Therefore, the side surface 3404d of the cover hook 3404 that rotates clockwise passes through the first weir 3062c, and the upper surface 3404c and the end surface 306b of the cap hook 3404 face each other as shown in Fig. 53G. At this time, if the length of the interval SP1 between the end surface 306b and the element of the container body 33 on the downstream side of the separation direction Q1 is set so that the cover hook 3404 can be sufficiently rotated, and the end portion S74 can pass the first 埠 3062c The rotational displacement of the cover hook 3404 in the opening 3062 is smoothly performed, which is preferable.

也就是說,開口3062被配置以使突起的傾斜部3404a與開口傾斜部3062a接觸,蓋鉤3404通過開口3062。 That is, the opening 3062 is configured such that the inclined portion 3404a of the protrusion comes into contact with the opening inclined portion 3062a, and the cover hook 3404 passes through the opening 3062.

當蓋鉤3404通過如上所述在蓋鉤塞306上以傾斜方式提供的開口3062時,獲得接合狀態,其中蓋鉤3404的上表面3404c與蓋鉤塞3062的端面306b彼此面對,同時保持彼此鉤住的狀態。 因此,可以確保在容器主體33與容器前端蓋34之間的附接狀態,並且簡化裝配和附接。 When the cover hook 3404 passes through the opening 3062 provided in an inclined manner on the cover hook 306 as described above, an engaged state is obtained in which the upper surface 3404c of the cover hook 3404 and the end surface 306b of the cover hook 3062 face each other while maintaining each other Hooked state. Therefore, the attachment state between the container main body 33 and the container front end cover 34 can be ensured, and assembly and attachment are simplified.

此外,開口3062的第一埠3062c的寬度“a”小於蓋鉤3404的上表面3404c的寬度“e”,以便甚至當開口3062與蓋鉤3404彼此面對時,蓋鉤3404不容易通過開口3062。因此,例如, 當碳粉容器32附接至碳粉填充裝置60以及與碳粉填充裝置60分離時,即使用於壓縮容器擋門彈簧336的應力(恢復力)和通過壓縮噴嘴擋門彈簧613引起的應力被施加於碳粉容器32,容器主體33和容器前端蓋34不是彼此分離。因此,可以改善當碳粉容器32附接和分離時的可操作性。 Further, the width "a" of the first weft 3062c of the opening 3062 is smaller than the width "e" of the upper surface 3404c of the cover hook 3404, so that the cover hook 3404 does not easily pass through the opening 3062 even when the opening 3062 and the cover hook 3404 face each other. . So, for example, When the toner container 32 is attached to and detached from the toner filling device 60, even the stress (restoring force) for compressing the container door spring 336 and the stress caused by the compression nozzle door spring 613 are Applied to the toner container 32, the container main body 33 and the container front end cover 34 are not separated from each other. Therefore, operability when the toner container 32 is attached and separated can be improved.

此外,在第十一示例中,因為滿足(蓋鉤3404的底面3404b的寬度“c”)<(開口3062的第二埠3062d的寬度“b”)的關係,相對於旋轉方向蓋鉤3404通過開口3062的角度小於第四示例的角度。因此,與第四示例相比較,可以降低間隔SP1。 Further, in the eleventh example, since the relationship (the width "c" of the bottom surface 3404b of the cover hook 3404) < (the width "b" of the second turn 3062d of the opening 3062) is satisfied, the cover hook 3404 is passed with respect to the rotational direction. The angle of the opening 3062 is smaller than the angle of the fourth example. Therefore, the interval SP1 can be lowered as compared with the fourth example.

在第四至第十一示例中,在附接至影像形成裝置的碳粉容器32中容器前端蓋34相對於容器主體33的附接旋轉方向R和容器主體33相對於容器前端蓋34的旋轉方向A彼此相對。因此,甚至當碳粉容器32附接至碳粉填充裝置60且容器主體33旋轉時,如果在分離方向Q1中每一個蓋鉤已經通過每一個開口並且保持在接合狀態下,防止每一個蓋鉤自蓋鉤塞306脫落。例如,參考第38G圖,如果容器主體33在旋轉方向A中相對於容器前端蓋34旋轉,蓋鉤塞306在圖式中自左側移動至右側。在此情況下,即使開口傾斜部3061a的底端與突起的傾斜部340a接觸,蓋鉤塞306在開口傾斜部3061a的傾斜表面的幫助下向上移動。因此,容器主體33相對於容器前端蓋34的旋轉不受限制。 In the fourth to eleventh examples, the attachment rotation direction R of the container front end cover 34 with respect to the container main body 33 and the rotation of the container main body 33 with respect to the container front end cover 34 in the toner container 32 attached to the image forming apparatus The directions A are opposite each other. Therefore, even when the toner container 32 is attached to the toner filling device 60 and the container main body 33 is rotated, if each of the cover hooks has passed through each opening in the separation direction Q1 and is kept in the engaged state, each of the cover hooks is prevented. The cover hook 306 is detached. For example, referring to Fig. 38G, if the container body 33 is rotated relative to the container front end cover 34 in the rotational direction A, the cover hook 306 is moved from the left side to the right side in the drawing. In this case, even if the bottom end of the opening inclined portion 3061a comes into contact with the inclined portion 340a of the protrusion, the cover hook plug 306 moves upward with the help of the inclined surface of the opening inclined portion 3061a. Therefore, the rotation of the container body 33 with respect to the container front end cover 34 is not limited.

此外,當容器主體33和容器前端蓋34在與裝配方向相反的方向中旋轉時,如果容器主體33在旋轉方向中旋轉,同時朝向附接方向Q被壓按,可以容易地自端面306b側導引每一個蓋鉤至每一個開口的內部。因此,容器主體33和容器前端蓋34在其彼此分離時可以容易地分離。因此,可以改善可回收性。 Further, when the container main body 33 and the container front end cover 34 are rotated in a direction opposite to the fitting direction, if the container main body 33 is rotated in the rotational direction while being pressed toward the attachment direction Q, it can be easily guided from the end surface 306b. Introduce each cover hook to the inside of each opening. Therefore, the container body 33 and the container front end cover 34 can be easily separated when they are separated from each other. Therefore, the recyclability can be improved.

在第四至第十一示例中,蓋鉤塞306的端面306a被假定為相同平面,除開口之外。然而,相對於開口傾斜部的旋轉方向的上游側上的端面306a的一部分可以被提供以使其高度低於分離方向中插入側上開口傾斜部的一端。換言之,當使用向上面向的開口的第二埠觀看蓋鉤塞306時,相對於開口的旋轉方向的上 游側上的蓋鉤塞306的一部分在高度上低於第二埠側上開口傾斜部的端部。在第54A圖至第54C圖中,在第四示例的結構中,位於相對於開口3061的附接旋轉方向R的上游側上的端面306a1被提供以使其在分離方向Q1中的高度低於開口傾斜部3061a側的高度。 In the fourth to eleventh examples, the end faces 306a of the cover hook 306 are assumed to be the same plane except for the openings. However, a portion of the end surface 306a on the upstream side with respect to the rotational direction of the opening inclined portion may be provided to have a lower height than an end of the opening side upper opening inclined portion in the separating direction. In other words, when the cover hook 306 is viewed using the second turn of the upwardly facing opening, relative to the direction of rotation of the opening A portion of the cover hook 306 on the swim side is lower in height than the end of the open upper inclined portion on the second side. In FIGS. 54A to 54C, in the structure of the fourth example, the end surface 306a1 located on the upstream side with respect to the attachment rotational direction R of the opening 3061 is provided such that its height in the separation direction Q1 is lower than The height of the side of the opening inclined portion 3061a.

如上所述,如果位於相對於開口3061的附接旋轉方向R的上游側上的端面306a1被提供以使其在分離方向Q1中的高度低於開口傾斜部3061a側的高度,當容器前端蓋34旋轉時,蓋鉤340的傾斜部340a與開口傾斜部3061a彼此面對。因此,當裝配容器主體33和容器前端蓋34時,不需要在分離方向Q1中壓按蓋鉤340,能夠改善可操作性。 As described above, if the end surface 306a1 located on the upstream side with respect to the attachment rotational direction R of the opening 3061 is provided such that its height in the separation direction Q1 is lower than the height of the opening inclined portion 3061a side, when the container front end cover 34 is provided When rotated, the inclined portion 340a of the cover hook 340 and the opening inclined portion 3061a face each other. Therefore, when the container main body 33 and the container front end cover 34 are assembled, it is not necessary to press the cover hook 340 in the separation direction Q1, and operability can be improved.

在上述示例中描述的蓋鉤340、3401至3404和開口3061至3064可以被用於各種結合中。例如,可以使用第43B圖所示的開口3064與第52C圖所示的蓋鉤3404的結合。 The cover hooks 340, 3401 to 3404 and the openings 3061 to 3064 described in the above examples can be used in various combinations. For example, the combination of the opening 3064 shown in Fig. 43B and the cover hook 3404 shown in Fig. 52C can be used.

在上述示例中,容器主體33和容器齒輪301一體成型。 然而,容器主體33和容器齒輪301可以根據用於容器主體33的樹脂材料獨立地形成。在此情況下,如第12A圖至第12C圖所示,蓋鉤塞306被提供在容器齒輪301上,上述開口的任意一個被提供在容器齒輪301上的蓋鉤塞306上,且容器齒輪301以一體成型方式附接至容器主體33。 In the above example, the container body 33 and the container gear 301 are integrally formed. However, the container body 33 and the container gear 301 may be independently formed according to the resin material for the container body 33. In this case, as shown in Figs. 12A to 12C, a cover hook 306 is provided on the container gear 301, and any one of the above openings is provided on the cover hook 306 on the container gear 301, and the container gear The 301 is attached to the container body 33 in an integrally formed manner.

在上述示例中,限流器和開口被提供在容器主體33上,蓋鉤被提供在容器前端蓋34上。然而,可以通過在容器前端蓋34上提供限流器和開口以及在容器主體33上提供蓋鉤來使用與上述示例相反的排列方式。在第55圖中,單一開口3061在附接方向中被提供在前表面34c上,以面向容器前端蓋34的孔34d,蓋鉤塞306在旋轉方向(圓周方向)中被提供在容器主體33的容器開口33a的外表面33b上,且單一蓋鉤340被提供在蓋鉤塞306上。 In the above example, the restrictor and the opening are provided on the container body 33, and the cover hook is provided on the container front end cover 34. However, the arrangement opposite to the above example can be used by providing a flow restrictor and opening on the container front end cover 34 and providing a cover hook on the container main body 33. In Fig. 55, a single opening 3061 is provided on the front surface 34c in the attachment direction to face the hole 34d of the container front end cover 34, and the cover hook 306 is provided in the container main body 33 in the rotational direction (circumferential direction). On the outer surface 33b of the container opening 33a, a single cover hook 340 is provided on the cover hook 306.

在上述示例中,影像形成裝置的粉末容器已經被解釋為包括本實施例的突起、在旋轉方向上延伸且被鉤在突起上的限流 器、以及在限流器上提供的開口的結構的應用示例,其中在垂直於旋轉方向的方向中突起可以通過該開口。 In the above example, the powder container of the image forming apparatus has been explained to include the protrusion of the present embodiment, the current limit extending in the rotational direction and being hooked on the protrusion. An application example of the structure of the device, and the opening provided on the flow restrictor, wherein the protrusion can pass through the opening in a direction perpendicular to the direction of rotation.

然而,本發明不侷限於影像形成裝置和在影像形成裝置中使用的粉末容器。例如,在如第56A圖所示的支撐裝置2000中,貫通孔1034被提供在板狀框架1001上作為第一部件,限流器1306被提供在軸承1035上作為第二部件,其可拆卸地附接至框架1001的貫通孔1034且旋轉地支撐安裝有齒輪1301的軸1033。限流器1306還被用作為軸承1305的安裝凸緣。作為突起的鉤1340被提供在限流器1306上,開口1061被提供在貫通孔1034上,其中在垂直於旋轉方向的方向中鉤1340可以通過該開口1061。 However, the present invention is not limited to the image forming apparatus and the powder container used in the image forming apparatus. For example, in the support device 2000 as shown in Fig. 56A, the through hole 1034 is provided on the plate-like frame 1001 as a first member, and the restrictor 1306 is provided on the bearing 1035 as a second member, which is detachably The through hole 1034 of the frame 1001 is attached and rotatably supports the shaft 1033 on which the gear 1301 is mounted. The flow restrictor 1306 is also used as a mounting flange for the bearing 1305. A hook 1340 as a protrusion is provided on the restrictor 1306, and an opening 1061 is provided on the through hole 1034 through which the hook 1340 can pass in a direction perpendicular to the direction of rotation.

具有這種結構,如第56B圖所示,軸承1035的限流器1306被自框架1001的一側上的表面1001a插入貫通孔1034中,然後旋轉。因此,鉤1340自框架1001的另一側上的表面1001a通過開口1061至表面1001b,且鉤1340被接合且附接至框架1001的另一表面1001b,以保持鉤住狀態。因此,可以確保框架1001和軸承1035的附接狀態。 With this configuration, as shown in Fig. 56B, the restrictor 1306 of the bearing 1035 is inserted into the through hole 1034 from the surface 1001a on one side of the frame 1001, and then rotated. Thus, the hook 1340 passes from the surface 1001a on the other side of the frame 1001 through the opening 1061 to the surface 1001b, and the hook 1340 is engaged and attached to the other surface 1001b of the frame 1001 to maintain the hooked state. Therefore, the attachment state of the frame 1001 and the bearing 1035 can be ensured.

當如上所述描述本發明的較佳實施例時,本發明不侷限於具體實施例。除非另有規定,在所附申請專利範圍的範圍內可以做出各種修改和變換。 When the preferred embodiment of the invention is described as described above, the invention is not limited to the specific embodiment. Various modifications and changes can be made without departing from the scope of the appended claims.

在本實施例中描述的有益效果是可以通過本發明獲得的最佳效果,但不侷限於這裏描述的實施例。 The advantageous effects described in this embodiment are the best effects that can be obtained by the present invention, but are not limited to the embodiments described herein.

根據本發明的實施例,可以降低粉末被壓縮和凝聚的頻率,以便於可以防止粉末阻止開啟/閉合部件移動至閉合位置,其中該開啟/閉合部件開啟和關閉粉末容器的噴嘴接收器的開口。 According to an embodiment of the present invention, the frequency at which the powder is compressed and agglomerated can be reduced, so that the powder can be prevented from moving the opening/closing member to the closed position, wherein the opening/closing member opens and closes the opening of the nozzle receiver of the powder container.

雖然本發明已經使用特定實施例為完整和清晰的揭露而描述,然而所附申請專利範圍不是被限制,而是被解釋為使用熟悉本領域的技術人員可以想到的所有修改和替換結構,這些結構理應落入在此闡述的基本教示。 While the present invention has been described with respect to the specific embodiments, the embodiments of the invention are not intended to be It should fall into the basic teachings set forth here.

本發明進一步包括以下態樣。 The invention further includes the following aspects.

態樣A Aspect A

一種噴嘴插入部件,位於使用在一影像形成裝置中的一粉末容器中,該噴嘴插入部件包括:一噴嘴插入開口,在該影像形成裝置中用於輸送自該粉末容器供應的粉末的一輸送噴嘴插入該開口中以及從該開口中去除;一開啟/閉合部件,用以移動至開啟位置以藉由壓按插入的該輸送噴嘴來開啟該噴嘴插入開口,以及移動至閉合位置以藉由去除該輸送噴嘴來關閉該噴嘴插入開口;一支撐器,用以支撐該開啟/閉合部件,以導引該開啟/閉合部件移動至該開啟位置和該閉合位置;以及一偏壓部件,位於該支撐器上以偏壓該開啟/閉合部件至該閉合位置,其中,該開啟/閉合部件包括:一密封部,用以密封該噴嘴插入開口;該支撐器包括:一端面部,與該開啟/閉合部件的移動方向垂直,以及在該開啟/閉合部件的移動方向中該端面部的投影區域小於在該開啟/閉合部件的移動方向中該密封部的投影區域。 A nozzle inserting member for use in a powder container for use in an image forming apparatus, the nozzle inserting member comprising: a nozzle insertion opening, a conveying nozzle for conveying powder supplied from the powder container in the image forming apparatus Inserted into and removed from the opening; an opening/closing member for moving to an open position to open the nozzle insertion opening by pressing the inserted delivery nozzle, and moving to a closed position to remove the opening a nozzle is provided to close the nozzle insertion opening; a support for supporting the opening/closing member to guide the opening/closing member to move to the open position and the closed position; and a biasing member located at the support Up to bias the opening/closing member to the closed position, wherein the opening/closing member includes: a sealing portion for sealing the nozzle insertion opening; the holder comprising: an end surface portion, and the opening/closing member The moving direction is vertical, and the projection area of the end face in the moving direction of the opening/closing member is smaller than the opening/closing The moving direction of the projection area of the member seal portion.

態樣B Aspect B

一種噴嘴接收器,位於使用在一影像形成裝置中的一粉末容器中,該噴嘴接收器包括:一噴嘴接收開口,在該影像形成裝置中用於輸送自該粉末容器供應的粉末的一輸送噴嘴插入該噴嘴接收開口中;一開啟/閉合部件,用以開啟和關閉該噴嘴接收開口;以及一支撐器,用以支撐該開啟/閉合部件;其中,該開啟/閉合部件包括:一密封部,用以密封該噴嘴接收開口;該支撐器包括:一端面部,與該開啟/閉合部件的移動方向垂直;以及在與該開啟/閉合部件的移動方向垂直的方向中,該端面部的區域小於該密封部的區域。 A nozzle receiver for use in a powder container for use in an image forming apparatus, the nozzle receiver comprising: a nozzle receiving opening, a conveying nozzle for conveying powder supplied from the powder container in the image forming apparatus Inserting into the nozzle receiving opening; an opening/closing member for opening and closing the nozzle receiving opening; and a support for supporting the opening/closing member; wherein the opening/closing member comprises: a sealing portion To seal the nozzle receiving opening; the holder includes: an end face perpendicular to a moving direction of the opening/closing member; and a direction of the end face is smaller than a direction perpendicular to a moving direction of the opening/closing member The area of the seal.

態樣C Aspect C

一種噴嘴接收器,位於使用在一影像形成裝置中的一粉末容 器中,該噴嘴接收器包括:一噴嘴接收開口,其中在該影像形成裝置中用於輸送自該粉末容器供應的粉末的一輸送噴嘴插入該噴嘴接收開口中;一開啟/閉合部件,用以開啟和關閉該噴嘴接收開口;以及一支撐器,用以支撐該開啟/閉合部件;其中,該開啟/閉合部件包括:一密封部,用以密封該噴嘴接收開口;該支撐器包括:一端面部,與該開啟/閉合部件的移動方向垂直;以及該密封部包括:與移動方向中該端面部重疊的區域和不與移動方向中該端面部重疊的另一區域。 A nozzle receiver located in a powder volume used in an image forming apparatus The nozzle receiver includes: a nozzle receiving opening, wherein a conveying nozzle for conveying powder supplied from the powder container in the image forming apparatus is inserted into the nozzle receiving opening; and an opening/closing member is used for Opening and closing the nozzle receiving opening; and a support for supporting the opening/closing member; wherein the opening/closing member comprises: a sealing portion for sealing the nozzle receiving opening; the support comprises: one end face a direction perpendicular to a moving direction of the opening/closing member; and the sealing portion includes: a region overlapping the end face in the moving direction and another region not overlapping the end face in the moving direction.

態樣D Aspect D

一種粉末容器,附接至一影像形成裝置,該粉末容器包括:一粉末儲存器,用以收納粉末;一收納器,用以附接至該粉末儲存器;一突起,其位於該粉末儲存器和該收納器的其中之一上;以及一限流器,其位於該粉末儲存器和該收納器的另一個上且用以限制突起在該粉末儲存器的縱向方向上的移動;其中,該粉末儲存器相對於該收納器旋轉,該限流器包括:一開口,當該收納器附接至該粉末儲存器時,該突起通過該開口;以及滿足dt且a<e的關係,其中,t是在開口傾斜部與面向開口傾斜部的相對表面之間的開口的間隔,a是在旋轉方向中該開口的第一埠的長度,該第一埠位於當該收納器附接至該粉末儲存器時該突起通過開口的方向的下游側;d是在該粉末容器附接至粉末填充裝置以及與該粉末填充裝置分離的附接/分離方向中該突起的厚度;以及e是旋轉方向中該突起的第一表面的長度,該第一表面是在該突起通過開口之後面向該第一埠的表面。 A powder container attached to an image forming apparatus, the powder container comprising: a powder reservoir for accommodating powder; a container for attaching to the powder reservoir; and a protrusion located at the powder reservoir And one of the receptacles; and a flow restrictor located on the other of the powder reservoir and the receptacle for restricting movement of the protrusion in a longitudinal direction of the powder reservoir; wherein The powder reservoir is rotated relative to the container, the flow restrictor comprising: an opening through which the protrusion passes when the container is attached to the powder reservoir; and satisfies d t and a < e relationship, wherein t is an interval of an opening between the opening inclined portion and an opposite surface facing the opening inclined portion, and a is a length of the first turn of the opening in the rotating direction, the first turn a downstream side of the direction in which the protrusion passes through the opening when the container is attached to the powder reservoir; d is in an attachment/separation direction in which the powder container is attached to the powder filling device and separate from the powder filling device a thickness of the protrusion; and e is a length of the first surface of the protrusion in the direction of rotation, the first surface being a surface facing the first file after the protrusion passes through the opening.

態樣E Aspect E

根據態樣D中的粉末容器,其中,滿足c<b的關係,其中,b是旋轉方向中該開口的第二埠的長度,該第二埠位於當該收納器附接至該粉末儲存器時該突起通過開口的方向的上游側;以及c是旋轉方向中該突起的第二表面的長度,該第二表面是與該突起的第一表面相對的表面。 According to the powder container of the aspect D, wherein the relationship of c < b is satisfied, wherein b is the length of the second turn of the opening in the direction of rotation, the second turn being located when the container is attached to the powder reservoir The protrusion passes through the upstream side of the direction of the opening; and c is the length of the second surface of the protrusion in the direction of rotation, the second surface being the surface opposite the first surface of the protrusion.

態樣F Aspect F

根據態樣D中的粉末容器,其中,該開口包括:一導引部,在該第二埠側上,該導引部在該粉末容器與該粉末填充裝置分離的分離方向中凹陷或者在分離方向中傾斜;以及滿足c<b的關係,其中,b是在旋轉方向中包括該導引部的開口的第二埠的長度,以及c是在旋轉方向中該突起的第二表面的長度,該第二表面是與該突起的第一表面相對的表面。 According to the powder container of the aspect D, wherein the opening comprises: a guiding portion on the second side, the guiding portion is recessed or separated in a separating direction in which the powder container is separated from the powder filling device Tilting in the direction; and satisfying the relationship of c<b, where b is the length of the second turn including the opening of the guide in the direction of rotation, and c is the length of the second surface of the protrusion in the direction of rotation, The second surface is a surface opposite the first surface of the protrusion.

態樣G Aspect G

一種支撐裝置,包括:一第一部件,包括一貫通孔;一第二部件,可拆卸地附接至該貫通孔;一突起,位於該第一部件和該第二部件的其中之一上;以及一限流器,位於該第一部件和該第二部件的另一個上,且該突起被鉤在該限流器上;其中,該第一部件和該第二部件相對於彼此旋轉,該限流器在旋轉方向中延伸,且包括:一開口,在與旋轉方向垂直的方向中,該突起通過該開口。 A supporting device comprising: a first member comprising a through hole; a second member detachably attached to the through hole; a protrusion located on one of the first member and the second member; And a restrictor located on the other of the first component and the second component, and the protrusion is hooked on the restrictor; wherein the first component and the second component are rotated relative to each other, The flow restrictor extends in the direction of rotation and includes: an opening through which the protrusion passes in a direction perpendicular to the direction of rotation.

態樣A1 Aspect A1

一種噴嘴接收器,用於使用在一影像形成裝置中的一粉末容 器中,該噴嘴接收器包括:一噴嘴接收開口,其中在該影像形成裝置中用於輸送自該粉末容器供應的粉末的一輸送噴嘴插入該噴嘴接收開口中;一擋門,用以開啟及/或關閉該噴嘴接收開口;以及一支撐器,用以支撐該擋門;其中,該擋門包括:一密封部,用以密封該噴嘴接收開口,該密封部具有與該擋門的移動方向垂直的外表面,該支撐器包括:一端面部,與該擋門的移動方向垂直,以及該支撐器的端面部的面積小於該擋門的外表面接收。 A nozzle receiver for using a powder capacity in an image forming apparatus The nozzle receiver includes: a nozzle receiving opening, wherein a conveying nozzle for conveying powder supplied from the powder container in the image forming apparatus is inserted into the nozzle receiving opening; a shutter for opening and And/or closing the nozzle receiving opening; and a support for supporting the blocking door; wherein the blocking door comprises: a sealing portion for sealing the nozzle receiving opening, the sealing portion having a moving direction with the blocking door The vertical outer surface, the support includes: an end face that is perpendicular to the moving direction of the shutter, and an end face of the support has an area smaller than an outer surface of the shutter.

態樣A2 Aspect A2

根據態樣A1中的噴嘴接收器,進一步包括:一偏壓部件,位於該支撐器上,以偏壓該擋門至閉合位置,其中,該擋門移動至開啟位置,以藉由壓按插入的該輸送噴嘴來開啟該噴嘴接收開口。 According to the nozzle receiver of the aspect A1, further comprising: a biasing member located on the support to bias the shutter to the closed position, wherein the shutter is moved to the open position to be inserted by pressing The delivery nozzle opens the nozzle receiving opening.

態樣A3 Aspect A3

根據態樣A1中的噴嘴接收器,其中,該擋門包括:一加長部,朝向該支撐器的端面部延伸;以及該端面部包括:一貫通孔,其中該加長部插入該貫通孔;以及一錐形表面,位於該貫通孔。 According to the nozzle receiver of the aspect A1, wherein the shutter includes: an elongated portion extending toward an end surface portion of the support; and the end surface portion includes: a through hole, wherein the elongated portion is inserted into the through hole; A tapered surface is located in the through hole.

態樣A4 Aspect A4

根據態樣A2中的噴嘴接收器,其中,該支撐器包括:一突起,自該端面部突出。 According to the nozzle receiver of the aspect A2, wherein the holder comprises: a protrusion protruding from the end face.

態樣A5 Aspect A5

根據態樣A4中的噴嘴接收器,其中,在該擋門的開啟方向中,該突起自該端面部突出。 According to the nozzle receiver in the aspect A4, the protrusion protrudes from the end face in the opening direction of the shutter.

態樣A6 Aspect A6

根據態樣A4中的噴嘴插入部件,其中,該擋門包括:一鉤,鉤在該端面部上;以及在該擋門的開啟方向中,該突起突出多於該鉤。 According to the nozzle insertion member in the aspect A4, the shutter includes: a hook on the end face; and the protrusion protrudes more than the hook in the opening direction of the door.

態樣A7 Aspect A7

根據態樣A1至A6中任一項所述的噴嘴接收器,其中,滿足1<L1/L22的關係,其中,L1是當該擋門位於閉合位置以關閉該噴嘴接收開口時端面部與密封部之面向端面部的後端面之間的距離,L2是當該擋門位於開啟位置以開啟該噴嘴接收開口時端面部與密封部之後端面之間的距離。 A nozzle receiver according to any one of the aspects A1 to A6, wherein 1<L1/L2 is satisfied a relationship of 2, wherein L1 is a distance between the end face and a rear end face of the sealing portion facing the end face when the shutter is in the closed position to close the nozzle receiving opening, and L2 is when the blocking door is in the open position to open The nozzle receives the distance between the end face portion and the rear end face of the sealing portion when the opening is received.

態樣A8 Aspect A8

一種粉末容器,包括根據態樣A1至A7中任一項所述的噴嘴接收器。 A powder container comprising the nozzle receiver according to any one of the aspects A1 to A7.

態樣A9 Aspect A9

根據態樣A8中的粉末容器,進一步包括:收納粉末的部分,其中,該粉末包括碳粉。 According to the powder container of the aspect A8, further comprising: a portion accommodating the powder, wherein the powder comprises carbon powder.

態樣B1 Aspect B1

一種噴嘴接收器,位於使用在一影像形成裝置中的一粉末容器中,該噴嘴接收器包括:一噴嘴接收開口,在該影像形成裝置中用於輸送自該粉末容器供應的粉末的一輸送噴嘴插入該噴嘴接收開口中;一開啟/閉合部件,用以開啟和關閉該噴嘴接收開口;以及一支撐器,用以支撐該開啟/閉合部件;其中,該開啟/閉合部件包括:一密封部,用以密封該噴嘴接收開口;該支撐器包括:一端面部,與該開啟/閉合部件的移動方向垂直;以及在該開啟/閉合部件的移動方向中該端面部的投影區域小於該開啟/閉合部件的移動方向中該密封部的投影區域。 A nozzle receiver for use in a powder container for use in an image forming apparatus, the nozzle receiver comprising: a nozzle receiving opening, a conveying nozzle for conveying powder supplied from the powder container in the image forming apparatus Inserting into the nozzle receiving opening; an opening/closing member for opening and closing the nozzle receiving opening; and a support for supporting the opening/closing member; wherein the opening/closing member comprises: a sealing portion To seal the nozzle receiving opening; the holder includes: an end face perpendicular to a moving direction of the opening/closing member; and a projection area of the end face in the moving direction of the opening/closing member is smaller than the opening/closing member The projected area of the seal in the direction of movement.

態樣B2 Aspect B2

根據態樣B1中的噴嘴接收器,進一步包括:一偏壓部件,位於該支撐器上,以偏壓該開啟/閉合部件至閉合位置;其中,該開啟/閉合部件移動至開啟位置以藉由壓按插入的該輸送噴 嘴來開啟該噴嘴接收開口。 According to the nozzle receiver of the aspect B1, further comprising: a biasing member on the support to bias the opening/closing member to the closed position; wherein the opening/closing member is moved to the open position by Press the inserted spray The mouth opens the nozzle receiving opening.

態樣B3 Aspect B3

根據態樣B1或B2所述的噴嘴接收器,其中,該開啟/閉合部件包括:一加長部,朝向該支撐器的端面部延伸;以及該端面部包括:一貫通孔,其中該加長部被插入在該貫通孔中;以及一錐形表面,位於該貫通孔中。 A nozzle receiver according to aspect B1 or B2, wherein the opening/closing member includes: an elongated portion extending toward an end surface portion of the support; and the end surface portion including: a through hole, wherein the elongated portion is Inserted in the through hole; and a tapered surface in the through hole.

態樣B4 Aspect B4

根據態樣B1至B3中任一項所述的噴嘴接收器,其中,該支撐器包括:一突起,自該端面部突出。 A nozzle receiver according to any one of the aspects B1 to B3, wherein the holder comprises: a protrusion protruding from the end face.

態樣B5 Aspect B5

根據態樣申請專利範圍B4所述的噴嘴接收器,其中,在該開啟/閉合部件的開啟方向中,該突起自端面部突出。 A nozzle receiver according to the aspect of the invention, wherein the protrusion protrudes from the end face in an opening direction of the opening/closing member.

態樣B6 Aspect B6

根據態樣B4或B5所述的噴嘴接收器,其中,該開啟/閉合部件包括:一鉤,鉤在該端面部上;以及在該開啟/閉合部件的開啟方向中,該突起突出多於該鉤。 A nozzle receiver according to aspect B4 or B5, wherein the opening/closing member comprises: a hook on the end face; and in the opening direction of the opening/closing member, the protrusion protrudes more than the hook.

態樣B7 Aspect B7

根據態樣B1至B6中任一項所述的噴嘴接收器,其中,滿足1<L1/L22的關係,其中,L1是當該開啟/閉合部件位於閉合位置以關閉該噴嘴接收開口時端面部與密封部之面向端面部的後端面之間的距離,L2是當該開啟/閉合部件位於開啟位置以開啟該噴嘴接收開口時端面部與密封部之後端面之間的距離。 A nozzle receiver according to any one of aspects B1 to B6, wherein 1<L1/L2 is satisfied a relationship of 2, wherein L1 is a distance between an end face and a rear end face of the seal facing end face when the open/close member is in the closed position to close the nozzle receiving opening, L2 is when the open/close member is located The open position is to open the distance between the end face and the rear end face of the seal when the nozzle receives the opening.

態樣B8 Aspect B8

一種粉末容器,包括根據態樣B1至B7中任一項所述的噴嘴接收器。 A powder container comprising the nozzle receiver according to any one of the aspects B1 to B7.

態樣B9 Aspect B9

根據態樣B8所述的粉末容器,進一步包括:收納粉末的部分;其中,該粉末包括碳粉。 The powder container according to aspect B8, further comprising: a portion accommodating the powder; wherein the powder comprises carbon powder.

態樣B10 Aspect B10

根據態樣B9所述的粉末容器,其中,該粉末包括載體顆粒。 A powder container according to aspect B9, wherein the powder comprises carrier particles.

態樣B11 Aspect B11

一種影像形成裝置,包括根據態樣B8至B10中任一項所述的粉末容器。 An image forming apparatus comprising the powder container according to any one of the aspects B8 to B10.

態樣B12 Aspect B12

一種粉末容器,附接至一影像形成裝置,該粉末容器包括:一粉末儲存器,用以收納粉末;一收納器,用以附接至該粉末儲存器;一突起,位於該粉末儲存器和該收納器的其中之一上;以及一限流器,位於該粉末儲存器和該收納器的另一個上,並且用於限制突起在該粉末儲存器的縱向方向中的移動;其中,該粉末儲存器相對於該收納器旋轉;以及該限流器包括:一開口,當該收納器附接至該粉末儲存器時,該突起通過該開口。 A powder container attached to an image forming apparatus, the powder container comprising: a powder reservoir for accommodating the powder; a container for attaching to the powder reservoir; a protrusion located in the powder reservoir and One of the receptacles; and a restrictor located on the other of the powder reservoir and the receptacle and for restricting movement of the protrusion in the longitudinal direction of the powder reservoir; wherein the powder The reservoir rotates relative to the receptacle; and the flow restrictor includes an opening through which the projection passes when the receptacle is attached to the powder reservoir.

態樣B13 Aspect B13

根據態樣B12所述的粉末容器,其中,該突起包括:一傾斜部,在旋轉方向中傾斜;該開口包括:一開口傾斜部,在與該突起的傾斜部相同的方向上傾斜;以及當該突起的傾斜部與開口傾斜部接觸時,該突起通過該開口。 The powder container according to aspect B12, wherein the protrusion comprises: an inclined portion inclined in a rotating direction; the opening comprising: an opening inclined portion inclined in the same direction as the inclined portion of the protrusion; When the inclined portion of the protrusion comes into contact with the inclined portion of the opening, the protrusion passes through the opening.

態樣B14 Aspect B14

根據態樣B12或B13所述的粉末容器,其中,該粉末儲存器包括:一可拆卸的容器側齒輪,其中一驅動力被傳輸至該齒輪;以及該突起位於該齒輪上。 The powder container according to aspect B12 or B13, wherein the powder reservoir comprises: a detachable container side gear, wherein a driving force is transmitted to the gear; and the protrusion is located on the gear.

態樣B15 Aspect B15

根據態樣B14所述的粉末容器,其中,該粉末儲存器包括粉末;以及該粉末包括碳粉。 The powder container according to aspect B14, wherein the powder reservoir comprises a powder; and the powder comprises carbon powder.

態樣B16 Aspect B16

根據態樣B15所述的粉末容器,其中,該粉末包括載體顆粒。 A powder container according to aspect B15, wherein the powder comprises carrier particles.

態樣B17 Aspect B17

一種影像形成裝置,包括根據態樣B12至B16中任一項所述的粉末容器。 An image forming apparatus comprising the powder container according to any one of the aspects B12 to B16.

330‧‧‧噴嘴接收器(噴嘴插入部件) 330‧‧‧Nozzle Receiver (Nozzle Insertion Parts)

331‧‧‧接收開口(噴嘴插入開口) 331‧‧‧ receiving opening (nozzle insertion opening)

332‧‧‧容器擋門(開啟/閉合部件) 332‧‧‧Container door (open/closed part)

332h‧‧‧前部柱狀部的端面(容器擋門的端面) 332h‧‧‧End face of the front column (end face of the container door)

333‧‧‧容器密封物(密封物) 333‧‧‧Container seal (sealing)

334‧‧‧容器擋門支撐器(支撐器) 334‧‧‧Container door support (support)

335‧‧‧擋門後端支撐部(擋門後部) 335‧‧‧The rear door support of the door (the rear of the door)

335a‧‧‧擋門側支撐部(側部) 335a‧‧ ‧ door side support (side)

335b‧‧‧擋門支撐部的開口(擋門側開口) 335b‧‧‧ Opening of the door support (opening on the door side)

335c‧‧‧支撐器的端面部 335c‧‧‧end face of the support

335f‧‧‧階梯部 335f‧‧‧Steps

336‧‧‧容器擋門彈簧(偏壓部件) 336‧‧‧Container door spring (biasing part)

337‧‧‧噴嘴接收器附接部 337‧‧‧Nozzle Receiver Attachment

337a‧‧‧噴嘴擋門定位肋 337a‧‧‧Nozzle door positioning rib

Claims (17)

一種噴嘴接收器,位於使用在一影像形成裝置中的一粉末容器中,該噴嘴接收器包括:一噴嘴接收開口,在該影像形成裝置中用於輸送自該粉末容器供應的粉末的一輸送噴嘴插入該噴嘴接收開口中;一開啟/閉合部件,用以開啟和關閉該噴嘴接收開口;以及一支撐器,用以支撐該開啟/閉合部件;其中,該開啟/閉合部件包括:一密封部,用以密封該噴嘴接收開口;該支撐器包括:一端面部,與該開啟/閉合部件的移動方向垂直;以及在該開啟/閉合部件的該移動方向中該端面部的投影區域小於在該開啟/閉合部件的該移動方向中該密封部的投影區域。 A nozzle receiver for use in a powder container for use in an image forming apparatus, the nozzle receiver comprising: a nozzle receiving opening, a conveying nozzle for conveying powder supplied from the powder container in the image forming apparatus Inserting into the nozzle receiving opening; an opening/closing member for opening and closing the nozzle receiving opening; and a support for supporting the opening/closing member; wherein the opening/closing member comprises: a sealing portion And sealing the nozzle receiving opening; the support comprises: an end face perpendicular to a moving direction of the opening/closing member; and a projection area of the end face in the moving direction of the opening/closing member is smaller than the opening/ A projection area of the sealing portion in the moving direction of the closing member. 依據申請專利範圍第1項所述的噴嘴接收器,進一步包括:一偏壓部件,該偏壓部件位於該支撐器上,以偏壓該開啟/閉合部件至閉合位置;其中,該開啟/閉合部件移動至開啟位置,以藉由壓按該輸送噴嘴的插入來開啟該噴嘴接收開口。 The nozzle receiver of claim 1, further comprising: a biasing member located on the support to bias the opening/closing member to the closed position; wherein the opening/closing The component is moved to the open position to open the nozzle receiving opening by pressing the insertion of the delivery nozzle. 依據申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的噴嘴接收器,其中,該開啟/閉合部件包括:一加長部,朝向支撐器的該端面部延伸;以及該端面部包括:一貫通孔,該加長部被插入在該貫通孔中、和一錐形表面,位於該貫通孔中。 The nozzle receiver according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the opening/closing member comprises: an elongated portion extending toward the end surface portion of the support; and the end surface portion includes: a through hole, The elongated portion is inserted into the through hole and a tapered surface in the through hole. 依據申請專利範圍第1項所述的噴嘴接收器,其中,該支撐器包括:一突起,其自該端面部突出。 The nozzle receiver of claim 1, wherein the holder comprises: a protrusion that protrudes from the end surface portion. 依據申請專利範圍第4項所述的噴嘴接收器,其中,該突起在該開啟/閉合部件的開啟方向中自該端面部突出。 A nozzle receiver according to the invention of claim 4, wherein the protrusion protrudes from the end surface in an opening direction of the opening/closing member. 依據申請專利範圍第4項或第5項所述的噴嘴接收器,其中,該開啟/閉合部件包括:一鉤,該鉤被鉤在該端面部上;以及該突起突出超過在該開啟/閉合部件的該開啟方向中的該鉤。 The nozzle receiver of claim 4, wherein the opening/closing member comprises: a hook hooked on the end face; and the protrusion protrudes beyond the opening/closing The hook in the opening direction of the component. 依據申請專利範圍第1項所述的噴嘴接收器,其中,滿足1<L1/L22的關係,其中,L1是當該開啟/閉合部件處於閉合位置以關閉該噴嘴接收開口時,該密封部之該端面部與面向該端面部的後端面之間的距離,以及L2是當該開啟/閉合部件處於開啟位置以開啟該噴嘴接收開口時,該密封部之該端面部與該後端面之間的距離。 According to the nozzle receiver of claim 1, wherein 1<L1/L2 is satisfied a relationship of 2, wherein L1 is a distance between the end face of the sealing portion and a rear end surface facing the end face when the opening/closing member is in the closed position to close the nozzle receiving opening, and L2 is when The distance between the end face and the rear end face of the sealing portion when the opening/closing member is in the open position to open the nozzle receiving opening. 一種粉末容器,包括依據申請專利範圍第1項至第7項中任一項所述的噴嘴接收器。 A powder container comprising the nozzle receiver according to any one of claims 1 to 7. 依據申請專利範圍第8項所述的粉末容器,進一步包括:容納粉末的部分,其中,該粉末包括碳粉。 The powder container according to claim 8, further comprising: a portion accommodating the powder, wherein the powder comprises carbon powder. 依據申請專利範圍第9項所述的粉末容器,其中,該粉末包括載體顆粒。 The powder container according to claim 9, wherein the powder comprises carrier particles. 一種影像形成裝置,包括依據申請專利範圍第8項至第10項中任一項所述的粉末容器。 An image forming apparatus comprising the powder container according to any one of claims 8 to 10. 一種粉末容器,附接至一影像形成裝置,該粉末容器包 括:一粉末儲存器,用以容納粉末;一收納器,附接至該粉末儲存器;一突起,其位於該粉末儲存器和該收納器的其中之一上;以及一限流器,其在該粉末儲存器和該收納器的另一個上,並且用於限制該突起在該粉末儲存器的縱向方向上的移動,其中,該粉末儲存器係相對於該收納器旋轉,以及該限流器包括:一開口,當該收納器附接至該粉末儲存器時,該突起通過該開口。 a powder container attached to an image forming apparatus, the powder container package Included: a powder reservoir for containing the powder; a container attached to the powder reservoir; a protrusion on one of the powder reservoir and the container; and a flow restrictor On the other of the powder reservoir and the container, and for limiting movement of the protrusion in the longitudinal direction of the powder reservoir, wherein the powder reservoir is rotated relative to the container, and the current limit The device includes an opening through which the protrusion passes when the container is attached to the powder reservoir. 依據申請專利範圍第12項所述的粉末容器,其中,該突起包括:一傾斜部,該傾斜部在旋轉方向中傾斜;該開口包括:一開口傾斜部,該開口傾斜部在與該突起的該傾斜部相同的方向上傾斜;以及當該突起的該傾斜部與該開口傾斜部接觸時,該突起通過該開口。 The powder container according to claim 12, wherein the protrusion comprises: an inclined portion that is inclined in a rotation direction; the opening includes: an opening inclined portion, the opening inclined portion being in contact with the protrusion The inclined portion is inclined in the same direction; and when the inclined portion of the protrusion comes into contact with the inclined portion of the opening, the protrusion passes through the opening. 依據申請專利範圍第12項或第13項所述的粉末容器,其中,該粉末儲存器包括:一可拆卸的容器側齒輪,其中一驅動力被傳輸至該齒輪;以及該突起位於該齒輪上。 The powder container according to claim 12, wherein the powder reservoir comprises: a detachable container side gear, wherein a driving force is transmitted to the gear; and the protrusion is located on the gear . 依據申請專利範圍第14項所述的粉末容器,其中,該粉末儲存器包括粉末;以及該粉末包括碳粉。 The powder container of claim 14, wherein the powder reservoir comprises a powder; and the powder comprises carbon powder. 依據申請專利範圍第15項所述的粉末容器,其中,該粉末包括載體顆粒。 The powder container of claim 15, wherein the powder comprises carrier particles. 一種影像形成裝置,包括依據申請專利範圍第12項至第16項中任一項所述的粉末容器。 An image forming apparatus comprising the powder container according to any one of claims 12 to 16.
TW104108508A 2014-03-17 2015-03-17 Nozzle receiver, powder container, and image forming apparatus TWI576676B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2014053806A JP6364841B2 (en) 2014-03-17 2014-03-17 Powder container and image forming apparatus
JP2014120636 2014-06-11
JP2014144148A JP6375742B2 (en) 2014-06-11 2014-07-14 Tube insertion member, powder container, and image forming apparatus

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201541202A TW201541202A (en) 2015-11-01
TWI576676B true TWI576676B (en) 2017-04-01

Family

ID=54144821

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW104108508A TWI576676B (en) 2014-03-17 2015-03-17 Nozzle receiver, powder container, and image forming apparatus

Country Status (5)

Country Link
CN (1) CN105308511B (en)
AU (2) AU2015232351B2 (en)
CA (2) CA3047794C (en)
TW (1) TWI576676B (en)
WO (1) WO2015141861A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP6379753B2 (en) 2014-07-04 2018-08-29 株式会社リコー Powder container and image forming apparatus
US9448507B2 (en) 2014-09-10 2016-09-20 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Nozzle receiver, powder container, and image forming apparatus
JP6919831B2 (en) * 2017-05-18 2021-08-18 株式会社リコー Developer container and image forming device
CN112262348B (en) * 2018-08-30 2023-06-30 惠普发展公司,有限责任合伙企业 Contact pad for a printing particle replenishment device
CN110320778B (en) * 2019-07-31 2024-04-12 珠海天威飞马打印耗材有限公司 Developer supply container
JP2022049852A (en) * 2020-09-17 2022-03-30 株式会社リコー Shutter mechanism, toner storage container, toner cartridge, and image forming apparatus
WO2022124422A1 (en) * 2020-12-07 2022-06-16 キヤノン株式会社 Toner container and image forming system

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2013183782A1 (en) * 2012-06-03 2013-12-12 Ricoh Company, Limited Powder container and image forming apparatus
CN103488069A (en) * 2012-06-08 2014-01-01 株式会社理光 Powder container and image forming apparatus incorporating same

Family Cites Families (14)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6493528B2 (en) * 2000-03-03 2002-12-10 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Image forming unit and image forming apparatus
EP1626315A3 (en) * 2001-01-31 2006-08-02 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Toner container and image forming apparatus using the same
JP4095875B2 (en) * 2001-10-30 2008-06-04 株式会社リコー Developer container and image forming apparatus
JP2003316139A (en) * 2002-04-25 2003-11-06 Canon Inc Toner supply container and toner supply device
EP1890201B1 (en) * 2005-06-07 2014-12-31 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Toner container and image forming device
US7357599B2 (en) * 2005-08-10 2008-04-15 Criptonic Energy Solutions, Inc. Waste water electrical power generating system
US8050597B2 (en) * 2006-11-09 2011-11-01 Ricoh Company, Limited Toner container having a gear portion and image forming apparatus
NZ601930A (en) * 2010-03-01 2014-03-28 Ricoh Co Ltd Toner container and image forming apparatus
JP5870647B2 (en) * 2011-02-17 2016-03-01 株式会社リコー Powder container, powder supply device, and image forming apparatus
JP5822128B2 (en) * 2011-11-25 2015-11-24 株式会社リコー Powder container, powder conveying apparatus, and image forming apparatus
JP5488743B2 (en) * 2012-06-03 2014-05-14 株式会社リコー Powder container and image forming apparatus
JP6372050B2 (en) * 2012-06-03 2018-08-15 株式会社リコー Powder container and image forming apparatus
JP5979482B2 (en) * 2012-06-08 2016-08-24 株式会社リコー Powder container, powder supply device, and image forming apparatus
JP5999479B2 (en) * 2012-06-08 2016-09-28 株式会社リコー Powder supply device and image forming apparatus

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2013183782A1 (en) * 2012-06-03 2013-12-12 Ricoh Company, Limited Powder container and image forming apparatus
CN103488069A (en) * 2012-06-08 2014-01-01 株式会社理光 Powder container and image forming apparatus incorporating same

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
AU2017225038A1 (en) 2017-09-28
CA2915008C (en) 2019-08-20
TW201541202A (en) 2015-11-01
AU2015232351A1 (en) 2016-01-21
AU2017225038B2 (en) 2019-04-04
AU2015232351B2 (en) 2017-06-22
CA3047794C (en) 2021-07-20
CN105308511B (en) 2019-12-20
WO2015141861A1 (en) 2015-09-24
CA2915008A1 (en) 2015-09-24
CA3047794A1 (en) 2015-09-24
CN105308511A (en) 2016-02-03

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI608316B (en) Nozzle receiver, powder container, and image forming apparatus
TWI576676B (en) Nozzle receiver, powder container, and image forming apparatus
EP3120194B1 (en) Powder container and image forming apparatus
TWI570527B (en) Powder container, image forming apparatus, and nozzle receiver
TWI564681B (en) Powder container and image forming apparatus
JP6375742B2 (en) Tube insertion member, powder container, and image forming apparatus